TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP
10-K, 1998-04-01
LUMBER & WOOD PRODUCTS (NO FURNITURE)
Previous: HUFFY CORP, 8-K, 1998-04-01
Next: MIDCOAST ENERGY RESOURCES INC, NT 10-K, 1998-04-01



                               UNITED STATES    
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION             
                           Washington, DC  20549   
                                  FORM 10-K   
  
[X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES    
      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934    
  
For the fiscal year ended             January 2, 1998                    
                         ----------------------------------------------   
[ ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE    
      SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934    
  
For the transition period from                    to                      
                               ------------------    ------------------   
  
Commission File Number:              0-22138                              
                        -----------------------------------------------   
  
                          Triangle Pacific Corp.                          
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)   
  
           Delaware                                  94-2998971           
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   
State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. Employer   
incorporation or organization                     Identification No.)   
  
           16803 Dallas Parkway, Dallas, Texas                  75248     
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   
       (Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code)    
  
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (214) 887-2000   
                                                   --------------------   
  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   None   
  
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:   
  
Common Stock, Par Value $.01 per share   
- --------------------------------------   
      (Title of Class)   
  
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports  
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of  
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the  
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to  
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     
YES  X     NO          
    ------    ------   
  
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item  
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to  
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information  
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any  
amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]   
  
    At March 1, 1998, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common  
stock held by non-affiliates was $515,223,972.     
  
    The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's Common Stock, par  
value $.01 per share, as of March 1, 1998:  Common Stock - 14,745,345 shares.  
  
                   DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE   
  
    Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates certain information by reference  
from the registrant's Proxy Statement to be issued in connection with its  
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 6, 1998.     
  
  
<PAGE>  
                                  PART I   
  
  
Item 1.  Business   
         --------   
  
    The Company is a Delaware corporation organized in February 1986 for the  
purpose of acquiring Triangle Pacific Corp., a New York corporation ("Old  
Triangle"), in a leveraged buyout transaction completed in May 1986.  In  
September 1988, TPC Holding Corp. ("Holding") acquired the Company in a second  
leveraged buyout transaction pursuant to which the Company became a wholly- 
owned subsidiary of Holding.     
  
    On June 8, 1992, the Company successfully completed a capital  
restructuring (the "1992 Restructuring") pursuant to which substantially all  
of the Company's outstanding long-term indebtedness, redeemable preferred  
stock and common stock were exchanged for new debt with lower interest rates  
and new common stock and Holding was merged into the Company.     
  
    The Company filed two registration statements with the Securities and  
Exchange Commission in 1993 and sold to the public 7,939,750 shares of the  
Company's Common Stock and $160 million aggregate principal amount of 10-1/2%  
Senior Notes due 2003 (collectively, "the Offerings").  The net proceeds of  
the Offerings together with borrowings under a new $90 million credit facility  
(the "Credit Facility") were used (i) to repay the entire unpaid balance under  
the Company's previously-existing senior debt financing agreements, redeem  
certain previously outstanding debentures and pay related accrued interest,  
for a total of approximately $227 million, and (ii) for working capital and  
general corporate purposes.     
  
    The Company's operations are conducted through a single business segment  
which consists of the manufacture and distribution of building products.  The  
Company manufactures and sells hardwood flooring and other flooring and  
related products and manufactures and distributes kitchen and bathroom  
cabinets.  The Company's products are used primarily in residential new  
construction and remodeling. The Company's products are also used for  
commercial applications such as retail stores and restaurants.  The Company's  
business is seasonal, with demand for its products generally highest between  
April and November.    
  
    Presented below is a summary of sales results for each of the fiscal years  
1991 through 1997.    
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>   
           1997      1996      1995      1994      1993      1992      1991   
          -------------------------------------------------------------------   
                                    (in millions)   
<S>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>  
Net Sales:   
   
Flooring  $ 469.1   $ 336.4   $ 261.8   $ 244.0   $ 202.0   $ 152.9   $ 117.2   
   
Cabinets    183.8     197.9     197.1     166.2     144.3     139.9     138.9   
           ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------   
Total   
Net Sales $ 652.9   $ 534.3   $ 458.9   $ 410.2   $ 346.3   $ 292.8   $ 256.1   
           ======    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======   
</TABLE>  
Bruce, Premier, Hartco, Robbins, Coastal Woodlands, Crystalguard, Expressions,  
Flexform, Herringstrip, Jewels Of Nature, Kennedale, Kingsford, Natural  
Reflections, Pattern Plus, Plantation, Somerset, Traffic Zone, Wearmaster,  
Aspen, Hampton, Quadric, Tiara, Tudor and Vantage are Trademarks or Registered  
Trademarks of  Triangle Pacific Corp.   
  
Industry Overview   
- -----------------   
  
    The Company is a leading manufacturer of consumer wood products for both  
home and commercial use.  The Company is the largest and best known  
manufacturer of hardwood flooring in the world and one of the largest  
manufacturers of kitchen and bathroom cabinets.  The Company produces a  
complete line of hardwood flooring products and believes that it is generally  
recognized for its superior quality and service.  The Company offers five  
distinct flooring brand names: Bruce, Hartco, Robbins, Premier, and Traffic  
Zone.   The Company produces kitchen and bathroom cabinets under two brand  
names: IXL and Bruce.    
  
<PAGE>  
     The Company estimates that new construction accounts for approximately 30  
- - 40% of sales, with remodeling or replacement generating the remaining  
portion.  Residential new construction activity is more cyclical than  
remodeling activity, which has historically been relatively stable.  
  
     Sales of hardwood flooring in the United States are growing at a rate of  
8% per year, more than twice as fast as the entire floorcovering industry as a  
whole.  The Company believes that the growth of hardwood flooring sales is due  
to increased consumer preference for the aesthetic appeal of hardwood flooring  
and technological advances in the production, installation and maintenance of  
hardwood flooring, which allows wood flooring to compete favorably in total  
cost with other flooring products.     
  
     Cabinet manufacturing is a highly fragmented industry with competitors of  
widely varying production capacities, distribution capabilities and financial  
resources.  In recent years, contraction in the industry has resulted in  
smaller competitors leaving the market and more aggressive cost controls and  
marketing programs being implemented by the remaining participants.  The  
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturing Association estimates that there are 8,000  
manufacturers of kitchen and bathroom cabinets competing for approximately 50%  
of the total cabinet market.  The balance of the market is supplied by trim  
carpenters and job-site cabinet makers.  The market is dependent on new home  
construction and remodeling activity.  The entire cabinet manufacturing  
industry is characterized by excess capacity.  In the late 1970's, new  
construction expanded to meet the demands of more than two million housing  
starts annually, plus remodeling.  U.S. housing starts have not exceeded 1.85  
million units since 1979.  Price competition is severe, due principally to the  
excess industry capacity.    
  
Products and Product Development   
- --------------------------------   
  
    With both flooring and cabinet products, the Company continually addresses  
the changing consumer demands for products used in the home, including color  
trends in the furniture and home decorating industry, durability of the  
products and price points for competing products.    
  
     The Company offers approximately 1,200 varieties of hardwood flooring and  
related products in a multitude of wood species, grades, sizes, styles and  
finishes.  The Company's hardwood flooring products are generally available in  
various widths and lengths and are differentiated in terms of quality and  
price based primarily on whether the product is finished or unfinished and on  
the grade of the raw materials used to produce the product.    
  
    The Company has been a leader in developing a wide variety of new flooring  
products, including (i) 5/16" thick solid parquet flooring, (ii) 3/8" thick  
laminated flooring, (iii) 3/8" thick engineered, square-edge, pre-finished  
flooring, (iv) 3/8" thick acrylic-impregnated flooring for commercial  
applications (all of the above for glue-down installation), (v) 3/4" thick  
square-edge, pre-finished flooring and (vi) most recently, 5/16" thick solid  
strip flooring.  The Company believes that new product development has enabled  
it to increase its sales and has contributed to the overall growth of hardwood  
flooring since the mid-1970s.  The Company's product innovations have made  
hardwood flooring a viable alternative for a variety of floorcovering  
applications.     
  
    The Company has been instrumental in the development of thinner hardwood  
flooring products which can be glued to the concrete slab foundations  
increasingly used in new home construction.  Installation of 3/4" thick  
hardwood flooring over concrete slabs requires the construction of a false  
floor above the slab to which the hardwood flooring can be nailed, thereby  
increasing installation time and expense.  The Company has developed 5/16"  
thick flooring products, which can be glued or stapled to a variety of  
surfaces, eliminating the need for a false floor.  The development of 3/8"  
thick engineered flooring (consisting of multiple layers of oak veneer, glued  
and pressed together), which can be glued to a wood or concrete sub-floor,  
further expanded the uses for hardwood flooring.  The dimensional stability of  
engineered flooring permits its installation in kitchens and basements where  
the presence of moisture had previously rendered hardwood flooring  
impractical.     
  
<PAGE>  
    In 1995, the Company introduced Natural Reflections, a 5/16" thick solid  
oak pre-finished strip.  This was developed as an alternative to the  
traditional 3/4" thick unfinished strip that is the primary commodity product  
of the hardwood flooring industry.  This thinner strip offers many benefits.   
It approximately doubles the yield of product from raw material, saving  
resources by using fewer trees in the manufacturing process.  Because it  
contains less than half the wood in a traditional 3/4" thick strip, it is less  
expensive to make, less expensive to ship, and easier and faster to install.    
  
    Also in 1995, the Company introduced a new product group, high pressure  
laminate flooring.  This product, which is called Traffic Zone, features a  
CrystalGuard melamine wear-layer surface over a high-density fiberboard core.   
It offers superior wear characteristics in a variety of overlays that simulate  
fine wood finishes as well as marble, granite, and other materials.  Traffic  
Zone is designed for consumers who want highly durable, easy-care, hard  
surface floorcovering as an alternative to stone, ceramic tile, sheet vinyl,  
vinyl tile and carpet.    
  
     The Company manufactures kitchen and bathroom cabinets in approximately  
100 different styles and colors and continues to develop new product styles.  
While the styles of the Company's cabinets vary from other manufacturers'  
brands, kitchen and bathroom cabinet construction is fundamentally the same  
throughout the industry.  Differences in the price and quality of the  
Company's cabinets result from variations in basic materials  (e.g., solid  
oak, plywood, particleboard or fiberboard doors), the type and quality of  
exterior and interior finish, the quality of the hardware and other features  
such as adjustable shelves and interior storage aids.    
  
    During the latter part of 1994 and throughout 1995, the Company revamped  
its product line to improve marketability and mix of offerings.  Among the  
many innovations that have emerged from this effort is a new cabinet line  
called Coronet, which is made of Plantation hardwood from Malaysia.  Months of  
testing and research preceded the use of this new raw material, which produces  
an end product of the same durability and styling as other woods, but which  
can be sold at a lower price point.  In its continuing effort to offer more  
value to builders and end-users, the Company introduced the Aspen Collection,  
a line of thermofoil-process products which feature high-quality vinyl  
laminates applied to fiberboard.  Through innovative manufacturing techniques,  
the Company was able to produce this popular line, available in maple and  
white finishes, at prices attractive to the townhouse and single-family  
housing market.    
  
    In 1996, the Company introduced Quadric.  Unlike most thermofoil cabinets,  
Quadric features truly square corners in both doors and drawer fronts,  
achieved by extra steps in milling that duplicate the look of fine custom  
cabinetry at very competitive prices.  Also introduced in 1996 were four new  
door styles: Tiara, Tiara Arched, Tudor and Tudor Arched.    
  
    As of January 1996, the Company elected to discontinue the sale of lumber,  
which had remained a low-profit item, and to consolidate building products  
into its cabinet operations.  Beginning with the first quarter of 1996, the  
financial results of this operation have been combined with those of cabinets.  
  
    One of the benefits of the Hartco acquisition in 1996 was a sophisticated  
research and development center in Oneida, Tennessee, where the Company has  
consolidated its R & D efforts.  The Company believes this facility will  
further enhance its ability to stay on the leading edge of product,  
manufacturing and engineering technology.    
  
Manufacturing   
- -------------   
  
    The Company manufactures its 3/4" thick solid oak hardwood flooring  
products at its plants in Nashville and Jackson, Tennessee, Beverly, West  
Virginia, West Plains, Missouri, Warren and Searcy, Arkansas,and Oneida,  
Tennessee.  The Beverly, West Virginia plant also produces 5/16" thick solid  
strip pre-finished flooring.  The Company manufactures its 3/8" thick  
engineered hardwood flooring products at its plants in Center, Texas, Port  
Gibson, Mississippi, Statesville, North Carolina, Warren, Arkansas and  
Somerset, Kentucky.  The Center plant produces sufficient 1/8" thick oak  
veneer to supply approximately one-half of its veneer requirements.  The Port  
Gibson, Mississippi plant supplies its own veneer requirements and most of the  
remainder of the Center plant's veneer requirements and a portion of the  
veneer requirements for the Statesville plant for the production of 3/8" thick  
engineered products.  The Company manufactures its 5/16" thick solid parquet  
products at its plants in Jackson and Oneida, Tennessee in addition to the  
production of 3/4" thick product at these locations.     
  
<PAGE>  
     The 1994 expansion of its Beverly, West Virginia, and Port Gibson,  
Mississippi, plants gave the Company additional manufacturing capacity, along  
with the acquisition of Premier Wood Floors in Statesville, North Carolina.   
Following the acquisition, the Company improved productivity in Premier's  
operations and broadened the Premier product line to include 3/4" thick solid  
strip and 5/16" thick solid parquet.  Further efficiencies were achieved at  
all plants.     
  
     In 1996, the Company acquired Hartco Flooring Company.  This acquisition  
added manufacturing capacity to the Company without incurring larger capital  
expenditures required for new construction.     
  
    In 1997, the Company acquired the residential hardwood flooring operations  
of Robbins, Inc., all of which are in Arkansas.  This acquisition further  
added manufacturing capacity without incurring larger capital expenditures  
required for new construction.    
  
     Raw materials for the hardwood flooring products produced at the    
Nashville, Jackson, Beverly, West Plains, Oneida, Somerset, Warren and Searcy  
plants consist primarily of rough cut oak lumber.  Each plant obtains lumber  
from local independent sawmill operators, purchasing entire truckloads of  
ungraded, mixed specie lumber.  The Company maintains an inventory of  
purchased lumber which is sufficient for approximately three to four months of  
operations.  The quality and efficiency of lumber purchasing and grading  
operations are important determinants of manufacturing yields and  
productivity.    
  
    Purchased lumber is stacked for drying in the open air for 90 to 120 days,  
and then placed in dry kilns for approximately five to seven days to reduce  
moisture content.  Where necessary, the Company operates pre-drying kilns,  
which shorten the required open-air drying time.  The Company's drying  
processes are another important determinant of satisfactory product yields.   
Following drying, the flooring-grade lumber is cut into various sizes of  
strip, plank and parquet flooring.  The products are then sanded and, in some  
cases, beveled.  A majority of the Company's products are pre-finished with a  
urethane or combination stain and wax finish.  Pre-finished products are more  
durable and do not require a time-consuming sanding and finishing process at  
the installation site.    
  
    Raw materials for the engineered hardwood flooring products manufactured  
at the Company's plants in Center, Texas, Port Gibson, Mississippi and Warren,  
Arkansas consist of oak logs which are purchased primarily from independent  
loggers located within about 100 miles of the respective plants.  Purchased  
logs are stored in soaking ponds or under sprinklers until needed, and then  
debarked, soaked in hot water or steamed, cut to specific lengths, loaded into  
a lathe, and peeled to produce sheets of thin oak veneer.  The Company employs  
advanced veneer manufacturing processes which substantially increase material  
yields, thereby reducing costs.  The Company also purchases veneer from  
independent suppliers.  Layers of veneer are then pressed into plywood which  
is cut into strip, plank and parquet hardwood flooring and then pre-finished.   
The total conversion time for engineered products, from log to finished  
product, is approximately one week.     
  
     The Company also treats a portion of its 3/8" thick engineered product  
with an acrylic impregnating process to produce its Wear Master line of  
commercial flooring.  Hartco produces Pattern Plus, an acrylic-impregnated  
engineered product at its Oneida plant.  The Statesville, N.C. plant purchases  
veneer from outside sources and also obtains veneer from the Port Gibson  
plant, which is converted into engineered products.  
  
     The Company operates four cabinet manufacturing plants.  These regional  
plants enable the Company to compete with local and regional manufacturers on  
the basis of the cost of freight, speed of delivery and service to customers.  
  
     Cabinet plant inventories consist of raw materials, component parts and a  
limited amount of work-in-process.  Raw materials utilized by the plants  
consist of sheet stock of plywood, particleboard or fiberboard, and component  
parts consist of dimension parts (front frame parts, doors and drawer fronts),  
finished end panels, finishing materials and hardware.  In the cabinet  
manufacturing operations, front frame parts, doors and drawer fronts are  
sanded smooth and color stained and finished.  Then, end panels, tops, bottoms  
and shelves are glued and stapled to the front frames, drawers are assembled  
to drawer fronts and hardware is attached.  The completed cabinet is  
inspected, packed and staged for shipment.    
  
<PAGE>  
     Sheet stock is a commodity product purchased from a variety of suppliers. 
The Company obtains a portion of its front frame parts from its manufacturing  
facility located at the hardwood flooring plant in Jackson, Tennessee.  The  
Company discontinued the production of cabinet doors and drawer fronts at its  
Jackson dimension plant at the end of February 1997.  Doors, drawer fronts,  
finishing materials and hardware are purchased from several suppliers.    
  
    The Company's continuous advances in the area of technology and  
manufacturing are the basis for its ability to improve yields from raw  
material and make products that are more appealing to consumers, easier to  
install, and more cost competitive.  This year again, the Company made even  
greater improvements in labor efficiency and productivity as it sought ways to  
counter the difficult economic and market conditions.    
  
     The Company is not dependent on any single supplier for any of its raw  
materials or component parts.  The Company believes its sources of supply are  
adequate to meet its needs.  Imports from foreign suppliers, which account for  
less than ten percent of the Company's raw materials and components, consist  
of wood veneer, laminated veneer door panels and certain hardware items.    
  
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the  
manufacturing facilities operated by the Company.    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                    Owned/                                    
Location            Leased             Product                
- --------            ------      ------------------------      
<S>                  <C>        <C>  
Nashville, TN        Owned      3/4" thick strip and plank;   
                                pre-finished, unfinished   
  
West Plains, MO      Owned      3/4" thick strip; pre-finished,    
                                unfinished   
  
Beverly, WV (1)      Leased     5/16" thick solid strip;           
                                pre-finished    
                                and 3/4" thick strip;              
                                pre-finished, unfinished    
  
Jackson, TN (2)      Owned      5/16" thick solid parquet;         
                                pre-finished, unfinished   
                                3/4" thick strip; unfinished       
  
Center, TX (3)       Owned      3/8" and 1/4" thick engineered strip,  
                                plank and parquet; pre-finished,   
                                unfinished   
  
Port Gibson, MS (3)  Owned      3/8" thick engineered strip,        
                                plank and parquet; pre-finished,    
                                unfinished       
  
Statesville, NC      Owned      3/8" thick engineered strip,       
                                plank, pre-finished, unfinished    
                                                                
  
Oneida, TN           Owned      5/16" thick solid parquet;    
                                pre-finished, unfinished   
                                3/4" thick strip; unfinished   
  
Somerset, KY         Owned      3/8" thick engineered strip,    
                                plank, pre-finished, unfinished   
  
Warren, AR           Owned      3/4" thick strip and plank;  
                                pre-finished, unfinished  
</TABLE>  
  
<PAGE>  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                    Owned/                                    
Location            Leased             Product                
- --------            ------      ------------------------      
<S>                  <C>        <C>  
Warren, AR           Owned      3/8", 1/2" and 9/16" thick   
                                engineered strip, plank and   
                                parquet; pre-finished, unfinished   
  
Searcy, AR           Owned      3/4" thick unfinished strip   
  
Auburn, NE           Owned      Kitchen and bathroom cabinets  
  
McKinney, TX         Owned      Kitchen and bathroom cabinets  
  
Morristown, TN       Owned      Kitchen and bathroom cabinets  
  
Thompsontown, PA     Owned      Kitchen and bathroom cabinets  
</TABLE>  
[FN]  
- ------------------   
(1)  During 1995, the operating lease agreement was amended to allow for a   
     purchase option of $1 until 2018.  The Company recorded the present    
     value of the remaining future minimum lease payments as a capitalized    
     lease asset and related capitalized lease obligation.     
  
(2)  The Jackson plant also manufactures kitchen cabinet front frame parts    
     used in cabinet production.    
  
(3)  The Center and Port Gibson plants also produce 1/8" thick veneer,    
     which is used in the manufacture of 3/8" thick engineered products at    
     these plants and at the Statesville, N.C. plant.     
  
Sales and Marketing  
- -------------------  
  
    Flooring sales are made to independent wholesale floorcovering  
distributors located throughout the United States and a number of other  
countries.  Most distributors handle a diverse line of floorcovering products  
in addition to hardwood flooring.  The Company's distributors sell their  
products to retail floorcovering dealers, installation contractors, builders,  
remodelers and retail home center stores.  The Company believes that new home  
construction and remodeling account for approximately 40% and 60%,  
respectively, of its flooring sales.    
  
     The Company distributes its cabinets directly from the factories and also  
through Company-operated distribution centers in major markets across the  
country.  These centers, which cater largely to builders and remodeling  
contractors, generate more than 40% of total cabinet sales.    
  
    The Company-operated distribution centers are also used to support sales  
to major builders and retail home centers by providing prompt replacements for  
lost or damaged cabinets and delivery and storage for truckload quantities of  
cabinets pending staged deliveries to job sites. The Company believes that its  
distribution centers are an important factor in maintaining and increasing its  
sales, and intends to open additional distribution centers in new geographic  
markets as conditions warrant.    
  
    The Bruce trademark is a valuable asset because of its significant brand  
name recognition.  Based on independent surveys, the Company believes that the  
Bruce name is one of the best recognized consumer brand names of any  
floorcovering product.  Sales and marketing efforts for Bruce flooring are  
designed to heighten Bruce's brand name recognition among end users.  The  
Company advertises its Bruce flooring products in national and regional  
publications including House Beautiful, Better Homes and Gardens, Sunset,  
Southern Living and others.     
  
    The addition of Hartco's distributors in 1996 and Robbins' distributors in  
1997 expanded our overall presence in the floorcovering marketplace.  This  
expanded access to the market is strengthened by our ability to offer five  
distinct brands - Bruce, Hartco, Robbins, Premier and Traffic Zone.     
  
    The Company has developed Bruce product displays, more than 55,000 of  
which have been placed in floorcovering dealer showrooms across the U.S.    
<PAGE>  
Additionally, Hartco, Premier and Traffic Zone have placed more than 1,800,  
3,200, and 4,500 displays, respectively, in floor covering dealer showrooms.   
These product displays are available in a variety of sizes designed to  
accommodate the varying floor spaces available in dealer showrooms.  The  
Company has also developed marketing programs specifically tailored to retail  
home center stores and commercial users and has developed displays to  
demonstrate the ease of do-it-yourself installation of hardwood floors.  The  
do-it-yourself installation displays have been placed in floorcovering  
retailers, lumber yards, home centers and other do-it-yourself specialty  
stores.  Management believes that both the product displays and the do-it- 
yourself installation displays are important sales promotion devices.    
  
    The Company operates a training facility at its Nashville plant to give  
its floorcovering distributors, dealers and contractors training in the sale,  
installation and maintenance of hardwood and high pressure laminate floors.  
Providing this training results in better educated resellers and installers,  
which the Company believes should enhance their ability to sell more flooring  
products and improve consumer satisfaction with the installed products.    
  
     Flooring salespersons are assigned geographical sales territories.  In  
addition to making direct sales to independent distributors, the sales force  
assists distributors in broadening their market penetration by making joint  
sales calls on dealers, conducting installation training for distributors and  
their customers, and advising on the use of advertising and special product  
promotions.  Salespersons earn bonuses, in addition to their salaries, based  
on volume and sales mix.     
  
     The cabinet sales force is one of the largest in the cabinet industry,  
currently employing approximately 204 salespersons.  The sales force makes  
direct sales and service calls on builders, independent distributors and  
retail home center stores, and offers kitchen design, cabinet installation and  
cabinet display and marketing advice to retail home center stores and  
independent distributors.  Most sales personnel are affiliated with one of the  
Company's distribution centers and are responsible for sales to all customers  
within their sales area including sales of cabinets directly by the plant.   
The Company maintains a competitive salary base and provides performance  
incentives by compensating its sales force with bonuses tied to volume and  
profitability.    
  
Competition   
- -----------   
  
     While the Company is currently the largest manufacturer of hardwood  
flooring in the world, it is a small part of the highly competitive  
floorcovering market.  The floorcovering market includes companies which are  
substantially larger in sales and financial resources than the Company.  Also  
the domestic floorcovering industry is facing greater competition from  
imported flooring products.    
  
     The floorcovering industry, which includes carpet, sheet vinyl, vinyl  
tile, hardwood, high pressure laminate, ceramic tile and natural stone is  
highly competitive.  The principal competitive factors in floorcovering are  
aesthetic appeal, price, durability and ease of installation and maintenance.   
Hardwood flooring is generally more durable than other floorcoverings.  Thus,  
although the average selling price of hardwood flooring is higher than that of  
the selling price of most other floorcoverings, the Company believes that the  
overall cost is competitive after taking into accouont average product life,  
maintenance expenses and removal and replacement costs.    
  
     The Company believes it competes favorably based on the high quality of  
the Company's products and the additional product support services offered by  
the Company and on the Company's network of independent distributors, its  
production of a complete line of hardwood flooring products, its innovative  
product development and manufacturing technology, and its well-known brand  
names and trademarks.    
  
    The Company is one of the largest manufacturers of kitchen and bathroom  
cabinets in the U.S.  The cabinet industry is a mature, highly competitive,  
regionalized and highly fragmented industry with thousands of cabinet makers  
competing primarily on a local basis.  There is a relatively high manual labor  
content in cabinet products.  Because of the low capital requirements for  
cabinet assembly, it is relatively easy and inexpensive for small cabinet  
makers to enter the industry as manufacturing competitors.  In addition, high  
transportation costs limit the area to which a manufacturer can ship cabinets  
and still remain competitive.  This has led the Company, and more recently,   
<PAGE>  
some of its larger competitors, to open regional manufacturing plants and  
distribution centers.  The Company's four regional manufacturing plants and 41  
Company-operated distribution centers are important factors in the Company's  
ability to maintain cost and price competitiveness with local and regional  
manufacturers.    
  
    Due to excess manufacturing capacity, the cabinet industry has been  
subject to severe price competition.  Other competitive factors include  
quality of product, production capacity and speed of delivery.  The Company  
believes it competes favorably because of its breadth and quality of product  
offerings, and its production capacity, regional manufacturing facilities,  
national sales force and distribution capabilities.    
  
Backlog   
- -------   
  
    The Company generally sells its flooring products from inventories on  
hand.  The Company produces its cabinets primarily in response to firm orders  
and, to a lesser extent, to maintain a working inventory at distribution  
centers operated by the Company.  The Company generally ships its cabinets  
within a short time (e.g., one week) after receipt of an order.  Accordingly,  
the dollar amount of backlog orders believed to be firm is not significant or  
indicative of the Company's future sales and earnings.    
  
Employees   
- ---------   
  
    As of January 2, 1998, the Company employed approximately 5,404 persons.   
The Company has entered into collective bargaining agreements with hourly  
employees at six of its plants, covering in the aggregate approximately 2,091  
employees.  Management considers its employee relations to be satisfactory.    
  
Environmental Matters   
- ---------------------   
  
    The Company's operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local  
laws and regulations relating to the generation, storage, handling, emission,  
transportation and discharge of materials into the environment.  Permits are  
required for certain of the Company's operations, and these permits are  
subject to revocation, modification and renewal by issuing authorities.   
Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with their  
regulations, and violations may result in the payment of fines or the entry of  
injunctions, or both.  The Company does not believe it will be required under  
existing environmental laws and enforcement policies to expend amounts which  
will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial  
condition.  However, the requirements of such laws and enforcement policies  
have generally become stricter in recent years.  Accordingly, the Company is  
unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with environmental laws and  
enforcement policies.    
  
ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES   
  
    The Company's principal manufacturing facilities are described under  
"Manufacturing" above.  Management believes that the Company's plants and  
properties are generally well-maintained and in good operating condition.    
  
    The Company maintains blanket property insurance coverage on all its  
properties with aggregate limits of $100 million.  The Company is also insured  
for losses arising from loss of inventory, business interruption and certain  
extra expense.    
  
ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS   
  
    The Company is not a party to any material pending legal proceedings.    
  
ITEM 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS    
  
    None.   
  
  
<PAGE>  
Executive Officers of the Registrant   
- ------------------------------------   
  
    Set forth below as of March 1, 1998 are the names, ages and principal  
occupations of the executive officers of the Company, as well as certain other  
information concerning their business experience.   
  
    Name and Positions held        Principal Occupation   
    with the Company               and Other Information   
    -----------------------        ---------------------   
  
    Floyd F. Sherman               Mr. Sherman has served as Chairman   
    Chairman of the Board of       of the Board and Chief Executive   
    Directors, and Chief           Officer since July, 1992.  Prior to   
    Executive Officer              November, 1994 he served as    
                                   President of the Company since 1981.   
                                   Prior to 1981, he served as    
                                   Executive Vice President of the   
                                   Company.  Mr. Sherman is 58 years   
                                   old and became a director of the    
                                   Company in 1982.     
  
    M. Joseph McHugh               Mr. McHugh has served as President   
    Director, President            and Chief Operating Officer of the   
    and Chief Operating            Company since November, 1994.     
    Officer                        Prior thereto, he served as Senior   
                                   Executive Vice President and    
                                   Treasurer of the Company since 1981.   
                                   Prior to 1981, he served as   
                                   Executive Vice President of the    
                                   Company.  He became a director of    
                                   the Company in 1986.  Mr. McHugh is   
                                   also a director of Pillowtex    
                                   Corporation.  He is 60 years old.     
  
    Robert J. Symon                Mr. Symon has served as Executive   
    Executive Vice President       Vice President, since February 1998.    
                                   Prior thereto, he served as Executive  
                                   Vice President, Treasurer and Chief    
                                   Financial Officer since November 1994.    
                                   Prior thereto, he served as Vice    
                                   President - Controller of the Company  
                                   since 1978.  Mr. Symon is 66 years old  
                                   and served as a Director of the Company  
                                   from December 1988 to June 1992.    
  
    E. Dwain Plaster               Mr. Plaster has served as a Vice   
    Vice President,                President, Treasurer and Chief Financial  
    Treasurer and Chief            Officer of the Company since February,  
    Financial Officer              1998.  Prior thereto, he served as Vice  
                                   President since November 1994 and had been  
                                   the Controller of Bruce Hardwood Floors   
                                   since 1977.  Mr. Plaster is 48 years old.    
  
    Paul L. Barrett                Mr. Barrett has served as Vice President  
    Vice President, Secretary      Secretary and General Counsel of the  
    and General Counsel            Company since November, 1997.  Prior   
                                   thereto for more than the past five years  
                                   he served as Vice President, Secretary and  
                                   General Counsel of Redman Industries Inc.  
                                   Mr. Barrett is 62 years old.    
  
    Charles A. Engle               Mr Engle has served as a Vice President of   
    Vice President                 the Company since 1979.  He has also served 
                                   as President of the Cabinet group since   
                                   January 1996.  Mr. Engle is 54 years old.    
  
<PAGE>  
    John W. Esch                   Mr. Esch has served as a Vice    
    Vice President                 President of the Company since   
                                   November, 1994.  He has been Controller  
                                   of the Cabinet group since 1977.    
                                   Mr. Esch is 53 years old.     
  
    James T. Fidler                Mr. Fidler has served as a Vice   
    Vice President                 President of the Company since 1981.    
                                   He has been Vice President-Operations    
                                   since August, 1995.  Prior thereto, he    
                                   was Director-Management Information    
                                   Operations for the Company.  Mr. Fidler    
                                   is 55 years old.       
  
    Michael J. Kearins             Mr. Kearins has served as a Vice   
    Vice President                 President of the Company since 1985 and has  
                                   primary responsibility for sales and   
                                   marketing of flooring products.  Prior to   
                                   1983, he had been a Regional Sales Manager   
                                   of the Company.  Mr. Kearins is 51 years   
                                   old.    
  
    James E. Price                 Mr. Price has served as a Vice    
    Vice President                 President of the Company since    
                                   November, 1994.  He has been Vice   
                                   President of manufacturing of flooring  
                                   products since March, 1993.  Prior thereto,  
                                   he was General Manager since 1984.  He had   
                                   been a Plant Manager of the Company since  
                                   1979.  Mr. Price is 55 years old.     
  
    Allen Silver                   Mr. Silver has served as a Vice   
    Vice President                 President of the Company since 1985.    
                                   Prior to that time he had been a    
                                   Vice President of manufacturing of cabinet  
                                   products.  Mr. Silver is 58 years old.     
  
    Richard A. TerHaar             Mr. TerHaar has served as Vice President   
    Vice President                 of the Company since May, 1997.  He has   
                                   been Director of Management Information  
                                   Services since 1995.  Prior thereto he  
                                   served as Manager of Systems and   
                                   Programming since 1981.  Mr. TerHaar is   
                                   49 years old.    
  
    Jennifer E. Wisdom             Ms. Wisdom has served as Vice President of  
    Vice President                 the Company since May, 1997.  She has been  
                                   Director of Human Resources since 1994.    
                                   Prior thereto, Ms. Wisdom was Director of   
                                   Human Resources at Varo, Inc. since 1986.    
                                   Ms. Wisdom is 51 years old.    
  
<PAGE>  
                                PART II   
  
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED   
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   
  
    A)   Price range of common stock   
  
    The following table shows the range of market prices for the common stock  
on the NASDAQ National Market System for each quarter during the past two  
fiscal years.     
  
                                         Market Price   
         1996                           High      Low   
         ----                          ------    ------   
         First Quarter                 18-1/8    15-3/4   
         Second Quarter                21-3/8    16-3/8   
         Third Quarter                 22-3/4    19   
         Fourth Quarter                24-7/8    19-3/4   
  
         1997  
         ----  
         First Quarter                 29-3/4    23-1/16  
         Second Quarter                33        24-1/2  
         Third Quarter                 36-1/2    28-7/16  
         Fourth Quarter                35-1/2    30-1/4  
  
B)   Approximate number of equity security holders (As of January    
     2, 1998)   
  
         Class of Security             Number of Record Holders   
         -----------------             ------------------------   
  
         Common Stock ($.01 par value)     2,400  
  
    C)   Dividend Policy     
  
    The Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its Common Stock.   
Management currently intends to retain future earnings for the operation and  
expansion of the Company's business and does not anticipate paying any cash  
dividends in the foreseeable future.  The payment of cash dividends is  
restricted under the terms of the Company's bank credit facility and the  
indenture relating to the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2003.    
<PAGE>  
ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA   
         (In thousands, except per share amounts)   
  
    The selected consolidated financial data of the Company presented below  
for the five fiscal years ended January 2, 1998 was derived from the  
consolidated financial statements of the Company and should be read in  
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes  
included herein.     
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                    Fiscal      Fiscal      Fiscal      Fiscal      Fiscal   
                    year        year        year        year        year     
                    ended       ended       ended       ended       ended    
INCOME              Jan.        Jan.        Dec.        Dec.        Dec.     
STATEMENT           2,          3,          29,         30,         31,      
DATA                1998        1997        1995        1994        1993     
                    --------------------------------------------------------  
<S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>  
Net sales           $652,866    $534,261    $458,868    $410,159    $346,296  
Cost of sales        495,256     402,759     342,348     300,160     269,360  
                    --------------------------------------------------------  
Gross profit         157,610     131,502     116,520     109,999      76,936  
Selling,   
 general and   
 admin-   
 istrative            80,503      68,611      60,841      57,928      44,213  
Amortization   
 of goodwill           2,638       1,739       1,520       1,520       1,613  
Interest              22,863      19,719      18,380      18,920      19,406  
                    --------------------------------------------------------  
Income  before  
 income  taxes  
 and  extra-   
 ordinary  item       51,606      41,433      35,779      31,631      11,704  
Provision    
 for  income taxes    19,847      15,809      13,774      12,829       4,501  
                    --------------------------------------------------------  
Income  before  
 extraordinary    
 item                 31,759      25,624      22,005      18,802       7,203  
Extraordinary    
 item - Loss from    
 repayment of    
 debt                      -           -           -           -     (11,307)  
                    ---------------------------------------------------------  
Net income (loss)   $ 31,759    $ 25,624    $ 22,005    $ 18,802    $ (4,104)  
                    =========================================================  
Per share   
 data:   
Net income before   
extraordinary item   
     Basic          $   2.16    $   1.75    $   1.50    $   1.28    $   0.74  
     Diluted        $   2.07    $   1.71    $   1.49    $   1.28    $   0.74  
  
Net income (loss)  
     Basic          $   2.16    $   1.75    $   1.50    $   1.28    $  (0.42)  
     Diluted        $   2.07    $   1.71    $   1.49    $   1.28    $  (0.42)  
  
Weighted common  
 shares out-   
 standing   
     Basic            14,716      14,670      14,663      14,660       9,714  
     Diluted          15,321      15,005      14,815      14,701       9,714  
</TABLE>  
<PAGE>  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                    Jan.        Jan.        Dec.        Dec.        Dec.     
BALANCE             2,          3,          29,         30,         31,      
SHEET DATA          1998        1997        1995        1994        1993     
                 ---------------------------------------------------------   
<S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>  
Working   
 capital            $127,481    $114,509    $113,397    $ 94,354    $ 74,082  
Total assets         543,221     449,963     399,815     363,451     326,545  
Long-term    
 debt, net    
 of current    
 portion             232,241     190,604     183,044     168,388     162,897  
Common    
 shareholders'   
 investment          186,912     154,637     128,901     106,894      88,047  
</TABLE>  
  
<PAGE>  
ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND    
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   
  
Results of Operations  
- ---------------------  
  
    The following table sets forth selected information concerning the  
Company's results of operations for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995.    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                              Fiscal Year  
                                    ------------------------------  
                                      1997        1996        1995   
                                    -------------------------------  
                                          (Dollars in millions)  
    <S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>  
    Net sales:  
         Flooring                   $ 469.1     $ 336.4     $ 261.8  
         Cabinets                     183.8       197.9       197.1  
                                     ------      ------      ------  
              Total net sales         652.9       534.3       458.9  
                                     ------      ------      ------  
  
    Gross profit                      157.6       131.5       116.5  
    Selling, general and  
         administrative  
         expenses                      80.5        68.6        60.8  
    Amortization  
         of goodwill                    2.6         1.7         1.5  
                                     ------      ------      ------  
    Operating income                $  74.5     $  61.2     $  54.2  
                                     ======      ======      ======  
  
    As a percent of net sales:  
         Gross profit                  24.1%       24.6%       25.4%  
         Selling, general and  
         administrative expenses       12.3        12.8        13.3  
         Operating income              11.4        11.4        11.8  
</TABLE>  
  
Fiscal year 1997 compared to fiscal year 1996  
- ---------------------------------------------  
  
    Net sales for fiscal 1997 were $652.9 million, an increase of 22.2% over  
1996 net sales of $534.3 million.    
  
    Net flooring sales increased 39.5% to $469.1 million from $336.4 million  
in the prior year.  Fiscal 1997 results include Hartco Flooring Company, which  
was acquired on June 28, 1996 and Robbins Hardwood Flooring, Inc., which  
acquired the Robbins Residential Flooring operations on March 28, 1997.  Unit  
sales of hardwood flooring increased 31.9%.  International sales were 12.0% of  
total flooring sales, which represented an increase of 51.8% over 1996  
international sales.    
  
    Net cabinet sales were $183.8 million in 1997 compared to $197.9 million  
in 1996.  Unit sales declined 13.9%, while the average unit selling price  
increased 7.9%.  The higher unit selling price is confirmation that the  
Company continues to be more selective in accepting orders.    
  
    Consolidated gross profit for 1997 was $157.6 million, or 24.1% of net  
sales, compared to $131.5 million, or 24.6% of net sales in 1996.  The  
decrease in gross profit percentage in 1997 was caused primarily by the cost  
of lumber, which greatly exceeded anticipated costs, partially offset by  
improved sales prices and manufacturing efficiencies.    
  
    Selling, general and administrative expenses were $80.5 million, or 12.3%  
of net sales in 1997, compared to $68.6 million, or 12.8% of net sales in  
1996.  The total spending increase of $11.9 million was primarily due to  
marketing, selling and advertising expenses required to support increased  
sales and to expenses related to recent flooring acquisitions.    
  
    Operating income was $74.5 million, or 11.4% of net sales in 1997,  
compared to $61.2 million, or 11.4% of net sales in 1996.    
  
<PAGE>  
    Interest expense was $22.9 million in 1997, compared to $19.7 million in  
1996.  The higher interest expense is primarily attributable to the cost of  
financing the acquisition of Robbins Hardwood Flooring in March, 1997.    
  
    Provision for income taxes of 38.5% of pretax income reflects increased  
rates over 1996, resulting from the full utilization of tax loss carry  
forwards, partially offset in the fourth quarter by a benefit from the  
restructuring of certain manufacturing operations.    
  
    Net income for 1997 was $31.8 million, compared to $25.6 million in 1996,  
an increase of 23.9% on a 22.2% increase in net sales.    
  
Fiscal year 1996 compared to fiscal year 1995  
- ---------------------------------------------  
  
    Net sales for fiscal 1996 were $534.3 million, an increase of 16.4% over  
1995 net sales of $458.9 million.    
  
    Net flooring sales increased 28.5% to $336.4 million from $261.8 million  
in the prior year.  These results benefited from the acquisition of Hartco  
Flooring Company in June, 1996.  Unit sales of hardwood flooring increased  
29.6% and, without Hartco, the increase in units was 13.5%.  The National Oak  
Flooring Manufacturers Association (NOFMA) reported that 3/4" thick flooring  
sales increased 11.3% in units in 1996.  Without Bruce, NOFMA's 3/4" thick  
industry shipments increased 9.2%.  International sales were 11.5% of total  
flooring sales, which represented an increase of 55.6% over 1995.    
  
    Net cabinet sales, without the impact of the decline in sales from the  
discontinued sales of the Beltsville Building Products unit, increased 8.0%,  
which represents a growth in unit sales of 5.1% and an average unit selling  
price increase of 2.8%.  Cabinet industry shipments in 1996, as reported by  
the Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association, were 74 million units, an  
increase of 2.5% over 1995.    
  
    Consolidated gross profit for 1996 was $131.5 million, or 24.6% of net  
sales, compared to $116.5 million, or 25.4% of net sales in 1995.  The  
decrease in gross profit percentage in 1996 was caused primarily by three  
factors:  lower prices in flooring which were down 1.1% for the year; expenses  
incurred in the first half of 1996 related to the closing of the Beltsville  
Building Products Unit; and higher lumber costs, primarily in the fourth  
quarter.    
  
    Selling, general and administrative expenses were $68.6 million, or 12.8%  
of net sales in 1996, compared to $60.8 million, or 13.3% of net sales in  
1995.  The total spending increase of $7.8 million was primarily due to  
marketing and selling expenses required to support the higher sales, and to  
the selling and administrative expenses of Hartco since June 28, 1996.    
  
    Operating income was $61.2 million, or 11.4% of net sales in 1996,  
compared to $54.2 million, or 11.8% of net sales in 1995.    
  
    Interest expense was $19.7 million in 1996, compared to $18.4 million in  
1995.  The higher interest expense is attributable to the cost of financing  
the acquisition of Hartco Flooring Company in June, 1996.    
  
    Net income for 1996 was $25.6 million, compared to $22.0 million in 1995,  
an increase of 16.4% on a 16.4% increase in net sales.    
  
Liquidity and Capital Resources  
- -------------------------------  
  
    The Company has a Credit Facility which provides for up to $90.0 million  
of revolving credit loans for working capital and for letters of credit.   
Availability of borrowings under the Credit Facility is based upon a formula  
related to inventory and accounts receivable.  At January 2, 1998, the Company  
had $39.4 million of borrowings under this facility.    
  
    For the year ended January 2, 1998, cash decreased by $15.8 million.  Cash  
of $55.6 million was used for the acquisition of Robbins Hardwood Flooring on  
March 28, 1997.  In addition, cash used for additions to property, plant and   
<PAGE>  
equipment was $29.1 million, cash used for the acquisition of Bruce Floor Care  
Products Trademark was $1.6 million and long-term debt payments were $4.4  
million.  Bank borrowings of $39.4 million and cash provided by operating  
activities of $34.8 million were used to offset these expenditures.    
  
    At January 2, 1998, the Company had working capital of $127.5 million, or  
23.5% of total assets, and $32.0 million of unused bank borrowing capacity.    
  
    The Company believes that borrowing availability under the Credit Facility  
and cash generated from operations will be adequate to fund working capital  
requirements, debt service payments and planned capital expenditures.    
  
    The Company is in the process of completing the necessary updates for the  
Year 2000 compliance.  Based on its review to date, the Company does not  
expect the cost of compliance to be material to its financial position or  
results of operations.    
  
    This report includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of  
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the  
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  All statements other than  
statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, statements  
contained in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  
and Results of Operations" regarding the Company's financial position, are  
forward-looking statements.  Although the Company believes that the  
expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it  
can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct.   
  
<PAGE>  
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA   
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  
  
To the Board of Directors of Triangle Pacific Corp.:  
  
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Triangle  
Pacific Corp. and Subsidiaries (a Delaware corporation) as of January 2, 1998,  
and January 3, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations,  
changes in shareholders' investment, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended  
January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997, and December 29, 1995.  These financial  
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our  
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on  
our audits.    
  
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing  
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of  
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit  
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant  
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial  
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis  
for our opinion.    
  
    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above  
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Triangle  
Pacific Corp. and Subsidiaries as of January 2, 1998, and January 3, 1997 and  
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years  
ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997, and December 29, 1995, in conformity  
with generally accepted accounting principles.    
  
  
                                            Arthur Andersen LLP  
  
Dallas, Texas,  
  February 2, 1998  
  
  
<PAGE>  
<TABLE>  
                     Triangle Pacific Corp. and Subsidiaries   
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets   
                                 (In thousands)   
<CAPTION>  
                                                 January 2,       January 3,  
                                                    1998             1997     
                                                ------------     -----------  
<S>                                             <C>              <C>  
ASSETS   
Current assets:   
    Cash and cash equivalents                   $   3,790        $  19,638   
    Receivables (net of allowance of   
         $3,662 and $3,053, respectively)          70,399           59,236   
    Inventories                                   128,988           95,096   
    Prepaid expenses                                4,561            3,713   
                                                 --------         --------   
         Total current assets                     207,738          177,683   
                                                 --------         --------   
   
Property, plant and equipment    
    Land                                           16,809           15,537   
    Buildings                                      65,050           56,274   
    Equipment, furniture and fixtures             161,076          133,197   
                                                 --------         --------   
                                                  242,935          205,008   
Less:  accumulated depreciation                    53,294           40,258   
                                                 --------         --------   
                                                  189,641          164,750   
Other assets:   
    Goodwill                                       97,375           70,986   
    Trademarks                                     38,876           28,333   
    Deferred financing costs                        4,437            5,290   
    Other                                           5,154            2,921   
                                                 --------         --------   
Total assets                                    $ 543,221        $ 449,963   
                                                 ========         ========   
   
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT   
   
Current liabilities:     
    Current portion of long-term debt           $   3,957        $   2,437   
    Accounts payable                               28,831           18,520   
    Accrued liabilities                            45,970           40,226   
    Income taxes payable                            1,499            1,991   
                                                 --------         --------   
         Total current liabilities                 80,257           63,174   
                                                 --------         --------   
   
Long-term debt, net of current portion            232,241          190,604   
Other long-term liabilities                         3,565            2,331   
Deferred income taxes                              40,246           39,217   
                                                 --------         --------   
         Total liabilities                        356,309          295,326   
                                                 --------         --------   
Shareholders' investment:   
    Common stock - $.01 par value,   
      authorized shares - 30,000,000   
      issued and outstanding shares -   
      14,740,538 at January 2, 1998 and   
      14,686,558 at January 3, 1997                   147              147   
    Additional paid-in capital                     93,728           93,212   
    Retained earnings                              93,037           61,278   
                                                 --------         --------   
Total shareholders' investment                    186,912          154,637   
                                                 --------         --------   
Total liabilities and shareholders' investment  $ 543,221        $ 449,963   
                                                 ========         ========   
</TABLE>  
[FN]  
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral  
part of these balance sheets.    
  
<PAGE>  
<TABLE>  
                    Triangle Pacific Corp. and Subsidiaries   
                     Consolidated Statements of Operations   
                    (In thousands, except per share amounts)   
<CAPTION>  
                                             Fiscal Years Ended   
                                ----------------------------------------------   
                                  January 2,     January 3,       December 29,   
                                     1998           1997              1995   
                                -------------    ------------     ------------   
<S>                             <C>              <C>              <C>  
Net sales                       $ 652,866        $ 534,261        $ 458,868   
                                 ---------        ---------        ---------   
Costs and expenses:   
    Cost of sales                 495,256          402,759          342,348   
    Selling, general and    
       administrative              80,503           68,611           60,841   
    Amortization of goodwill        2,638            1,739            1,520   
    Interest                       22,863           19,719           18,380   
                                 --------         --------         --------   
                                  601,260          492,828          423,089   
                                 --------         --------         --------   
Income before income taxes         51,606           41,433           35,779   
Provision for income taxes         19,847           15,809           13,774   
                                 --------         --------         --------   
Net income                      $  31,759        $  25,624        $  22,005   
                                 ========         ========         ========   
   
Net income per share  
    Basic                       $    2.16        $    1.75        $    1.50   
    Diluted                     $    2.07        $    1.71        $    1.49   
Weighted common shares   
    outstanding  
    Basic                          14,716           14,670           14,663   
    Diluted                        15,321           15,005           14,815   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
</TABLE>  
[FN]  
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral    
part of these statements.    
  
<PAGE>  
<TABLE>  
                   Triangle Pacific Corp. and Subsidiaries   
       Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Investment   
                               (In thousands)   
<CAPTION>  
                                      Additional   
                            Common      Paid-In      Retained   
                            Stock       Capital      Earnings          Total  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------   
<S>                         <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>  
Balance, December 30, 1994  $ 147      $ 93,098      $ 13,649       $106,894   
Net income                      -             -        22,005         22,005   
Exercise of stock options       -             2             -              2   
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Balance, December 29, 1995  $ 147      $ 93,100      $ 35,654       $128,901   
Net income                      -             -        25,624         25,624   
Stock incentive bonus    
   shares issued                -            18             -             18   
Exercise of stock options       -            94             -             94   
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Balance, January 3, 1997    $ 147      $ 93,212      $ 61,278       $154,637   
Net income                      -             -        31,759         31,759   
Stock incentive bonus    
   shares issued                -           386             -            386   
Exercise of stock options       -           130             -            130   
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Balance, January 2, 1998    $ 147      $ 93,728      $ 93,037       $186,912   
============================================================================   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
</TABLE>  
[FN]  
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral    
part of these statements.    
  
<PAGE>  
<TABLE>  
                   Triangle Pacific Corp. and Subsidiaries   
                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows   
                                 (In thousands)   
<CAPTION>  
                                              Fiscal Years Ended   
                                    ------------------------------------------   
                                    January 2,    January 3,      December 29,   
                                       1998          1997             1995   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>  
Cash flows from operating   
 activities:    
    Net income                    $  31,759       $  25,624       $  22,005   
    Adjustments:   
      Depreciation                   14,699          11,946           9,439   
      Deferred income taxes           1,029            (313)           (507)  
      Amortization of goodwill    
         and trademarks               3,645           2,539           2,320   
      Amortization of deferred    
         financing costs                941             898           1,432   
      Provision for doubtful    
         accounts                       850             422             435   
    Changes in assets and    
     liabilities:   
      Receivables                    (5,548)         (1,562)         (7,538)   
      Inventories                   (20,629)         (6,306)         (3,672)   
      Prepaid expenses                 (805)          1,291            (801)   
      Accounts payable                8,417            (365)           (637)   
      Accrued liabilities -    
        other                         2,353           5.107            (197)   
      Accrued liabilities -    
        interest                        173            (204)           (641)   
      Income taxes payable             (493)          1,991               -   
      Other                          (1,614)           (575)            348   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Net cash provided by operating    
  activities                         34,777          40,493          21,986   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Cash flows from investing activities:   
  Proceeds from sale of property,    
    plant and equipment                 199           4,341              10   
  Additions to property, plant    
    and equipment                   (29,147)        (13,506)        (11,624)   
  Acquisition of Hartco Flooring          -         (36,140)              -   
  Acquisition of KREDA Bonds              -          (5,012)              -   
  Acquisition of Robbins Flooring   (55,627)              -               -   
  Acquisition of Bruce Floor Care  
    Products Trademark               (1,550)              -               -   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Net cash (used) in investing    
  activities                        (86,125)        (50,317)        (11,614)   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Cash flows from financing activities:   
  Long-term debt borrowings          39,400               -               -   
  Long-term debt payments            (4,416)         (3,213)         (3,767)   
  Refinancing costs                       -               -            (712)   
  Exercise of stock options             130              94               2   
  Stock incentive bonus shares issued   386               -               -   
  Reimbursement of construction    
    deposits                              -               -           1,780   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Net cash provided by (used in)    
  financing activities               35,500          (3,119)         (2,697)   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Net (decrease) increase in cash   $ (15,848)      $ (12,943)      $   7,675   
Cash and cash equivalents,    
  beginning of period                19,638          32,581          24,906   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Cash and cash equivalents,    
  end of period                   $   3,790       $  19,638       $  32,581   
==============================================================================   
</TABLE>  
<PAGE>  
                   Triangle Pacific Corp. and Subsidiaries   
                 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (cont'd)   
                                 (In thousands)   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>  
                                                Fiscal Years Ended   
                                    ------------------------------------------  
                                    January 2,    January 3,      December 29,  
                                       1998          1997             1995   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>  
Supplemental disclosures of cash    
 flow information:   
   
  Cash paid during the period for:   
    Interest                      $  20,706       $  18,352       $  18,603   
    Income taxes                     16,084          13,391          17,831   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
</TABLE>  
[FN]  
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral  
part of these statements.    
  
<PAGE>  
TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES to CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
  
NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:   
  
    Triangle Pacific Corp. (the "Company") conducts its operations through a  
single business segment which consists of the manufacture and distribution of  
hardwood flooring products and kitchen and bathroom cabinets.  The Company's  
products are used primarily in residential new construction and remodeling.   
Flooring products accounted for approximately 72% and kitchen cabinets 28%, of  
the Company's revenues during 1997.  The Company's products are sold  
throughout the U.S. and a portion of the flooring products are sold worldwide.  
  
Basis of Consolidation:    
- -----------------------  
  
    The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of  
Triangle Pacific Corp. and its subsidiaries.  All intercompany balances and  
transactions have been eliminated.  The Company maintains its records on a  
52/53 week year.    
  
Net Income Per Share:    
- ---------------------  
  
    Net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of  
common shares and common stock equivalents outstanding during each period.   
Common stock equivalents represent the dilutive effect of outstanding stock  
options and warrants.    
  
    The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128  
(SFAS 128) "Earnings Per Share" in the fourth quarter of 1997.  Under SFAS  
128, the Company has reported two net income per share amounts.  Basic net  
income per share is calculated based on income available to common  
shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the  
period.  Diluted net income per share includes additional dilution  
attributable to stock options and warrants.  For comparative purposes, both  
basic and diluted net income per share are presented for the three fiscal  
years ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997 and December 29, 1995.  Diluted  
net income per share in each of these three years are approximately the same  
as the previously reported net income per share.    
  
Cash and Cash Equivalents:    
- --------------------------  
  
    The Company considers all investments with an original maturity of less  
than three months to be cash equivalents.  All cash equivalents are investment  
grade such as U.S. Government or A-1 or better securities rated by Standard &  
Poor's Corporation.    
  
Inventories:    
- ------------  
  
    Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.  The last-in,  
first-out (LIFO) method is used primarily for lumber and certain other  
inventories and the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method is used for all other  
inventories.  Inventories valued by the LIFO method were $65,407,000 at  
January 2, 1998 and $35,311,000 at January 3,1997.  Had all inventories been  
valued by the FIFO method, which approximates current cost, inventories would  
have increased by $9,463,000 at January 2, 1998 and $2,851,000 at January 3,  
1997.  Raw materials inventories include purchased parts and supplies to be  
used in manufactured products.  Work-in-process and finished goods inventories  
include material, labor and overhead costs incurred in the manufacturing  
process.  The major components of inventories are as follows:    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                     January 2,       January 3,  
                                        1998             1997     
                                    ----------------------------  
                                           (in thousands)  
         <S>                        <C>               <C>  
         Raw materials              $  64,808         $  50,873  
         Work-in-process               13,747             7,259  
         Finished goods                50,433            36,964  
                                     --------          --------  
             Total                  $ 128,988         $  95,096  
                                     ========          ========  
</TABLE>  
<PAGE>  
Property, Plant and Equipment:    
- ------------------------------  
  
    Property, plant and equipment were restated to fair value as of June 8,  
1992, when the Company successfully completed a capital restructuring.  All  
additions, subsequent thereto, are stated at acquisition or construction cost.  
Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements which do not  
extend the useful lives of assets are charged to appropriate expense accounts  
in the year incurred.  Upon disposition of an asset, cost and accumulated  
depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included  
in the results of operations.  Depreciation and amortization are computed on  
the straight-line basis using the following estimated useful lives:    
  
         Buildings                              10 to 50 years  
         Equipment, furniture and fixtures       3 to 22 years  
  
    Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided over the terms of the  
leases or the useful lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.  For income  
tax purposes, all assets are depreciated under allowable tax depreciation  
methods.    
  
Intangible Assets:    
- ------------------  
  
    The Company annually evaluates its carrying value and expected period of  
benefit of trademarks and goodwill in relation to results of operations.  In  
determining the recoverability of these assets the Company analyzes its  
historical and future ability to generate earnings before interest and taxes.   
Deferred financing costs are being amortized on the straight-line method over  
the lives of the related debt.  Trademarks and goodwill are being amortized  
over 40 years.  Accumulated amortization of trademarks and goodwill is  
$4,674,000 and $9,919,000, respectively, at January 2, 1998 and $3,667,000 and  
$7,281,000, respectively, at January 3, 1997.    
  
Fair Value of Financial Instruments:    
- ------------------------------------  
  
    The Company's cash equivalents and long-term debt are recorded at cost,  
which approximates fair market value at January 2, 1998.    
  
Use of Estimates:    
- -----------------  
  
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally  
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and  
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the  
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and  
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those  
estimates.    
  
NOTE 2 - LONG-TERM DEBT:    
  
Long-term debt consists of the following:    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                    January 2,        January 3,  
                                      1998              1997      
                                    ----------------------------  
                                           (In thousands)  
    <S>                             <C>               <C>  
    Senior Notes, 10 1/2%  
         due 8-1-2003               $ 160,000         $ 160,000  
    Revolving note - bank              39,400                 -  
    Capitalized lease  
         obligations                   15,088            16,996  
    Industrial revenue  
         bonds                         21,710            16,045  
                                     --------          --------  
                                      236,198           193,041  
    Less:  Current portion  
         of long-term debt             (3,957)           (2,437)  
                                     --------          --------  
                                    $ 232,241         $ 190,604  
                                     ========          ========  
</TABLE>  
<PAGE>  
    Letters of credit outstanding were $18.6 million at January 2, 1998 and  
$15.0 million at January 3, 1997, under a facility pursuant to which they can  
be renewed or replaced.    
  
Senior Notes:    
- -------------  
  
    The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company with an  
aggregate principal amount of $160 million.  The Senior Notes mature on August  
1, 2003 and bear interest at an annual rate of 10 1/2%, payable in two equal  
semi-annual installments of $8,400,000 each, with each semi-annual period  
deemed to have 180 days.  The Senior Notes are issued under an Indenture (the  
"Indenture") between the Company and Comerica Bank, as the present Trustee  
(the "Trustee").  The Senior Notes rank pari passu with all present and future  
senior indebtedness of the Company and senior to all present and future  
subordinated indebtedness of the Company.  However, because borrowings under  
the Credit Facility are secured by inventory and accounts receivable of the  
Company and the proceeds thereof, the Senior notes are effectively  
subordinated to such borrowings to the extent of such security interest.    
  
    The Senior Notes are not redeemable prior to August 1, 1998.  Thereafter,  
the Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company at redemption  
prices specified in the Indenture.  The Senior Notes are not subject to any  
mandatory sinking fund requirements.    
  
    Upon a "change of control" (as defined in the Indenture), the Company is  
required to offer to purchase all outstanding Senior notes at 101% of the  
principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase.  In  
addition, the Company may be required to offer to purchase the Senior Notes at  
100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest with the net cash proceeds  
of certain sales or other dispositions of assets.    
  
    The Indenture contains covenants which limit, among other things, the  
incurrence of additional indebtedness by the Company and its subsidiaries, the  
payment of dividends on, or the purchase of the capital stock of the Company  
("Restricted Payments"), the creation of liens on the assets of the Company  
and its subsidiaries, the creation of certain restrictions on the payment of  
dividends and other distributions by the Company's subsidiaries, the issuance  
of preferred stock by the Company's subsidiaries, and certain mergers, sales  
of assets and transactions with affiliates.    
  
    Based on the Company's operations through January 2, 1998, the amount of  
Restricted Payments that the Company could make under the Indenture was  
$55,134,000.    
  
    The Indenture specifies a number of events of default including, among  
others, the failure to make timely principal and interest payments or to  meet  
the covenants contained therein.  The Indenture contains a cross-default to  
other indebtedness of the Company aggregating more than $5,000,000 and certain  
customary bankruptcy and insolvency defaults.  Upon the occurrence of an event  
of default under the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than  
25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may declare all  
amounts thereunder immediately due and payable, except that such amounts  
automatically become immediately due and payable in the event of a bankruptcy  
or insolvency default.    
  
Credit Facility:    
- ----------------  
  
    In December 1995, the Company entered into a Credit Facility, which  
provides for up to $90 million of revolving loans for working capital and  
general corporate purposes and for letters of credit.  Availability of  
borrowings under the Credit Facility is based upon a formula related to  
inventory and accounts receivable.  At January 2, 1998, the Company had $39.4  
million of borrowings under the Credit Facility and had an additional $32.0  
million of borrowing capacity under this facility.  Borrowings under the  
Credit Facility bear interest at the agent's prime rate plus 0.375% (8.875% at  
January 2, 1998) or, at the Company's option, at certain alternate floating  
rates, and are secured by a pledge of the Company's inventory and accounts  
receivable.  The Credit Facility expires on December 21, 2000.    
  
<PAGE>  
    The Credit Facility contains covenants which restrict, among other things,  
the incurrence of additional indebtedness and rental obligations by the  
Company and its subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions  
related to the capital stock of the Company, the creation of liens on the  
assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, the creation of certain  
restrictions on the payment of dividends and other distributions by the  
Company's subsidiaries, investments and capital expenditures by the Company  
and its subsidiaries, the creation of new subsidiaries by the Company, and  
certain mergers, sales of assets and transactions with affiliates.    
  
    The Credit Facility also contains certain financial covenants relating to  
the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries,  
including covenants relating to their net worth, the ratio of their earnings  
to their fixed charges, the ratio of their earnings to their interest expense,  
the ratio of their current assets to their current liabilities, and the ratio  
of their indebtedness to their total capitalization.  At January 2, 1998, the  
Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.    
  
    The Credit Facility specifies a number of events of default including,  
among others, the failure to make timely payments of principal, fees, and  
interest, the failure to perform the covenants contained therein, the failure  
of representations and warrants to be true, the occurrence of a "change of  
control"[as defined in the Credit Facility, to include, among other things,  
the ownership by any person or group of more than 25% (or, in the case of The  
TCW Group, Inc. and its affiliates, 50%) of the total voting securities of the  
Company], and certain impairments of the security for the Credit Facility.   
The Credit Facility also contains a cross-default to other indebtedness of the  
Company aggregating more than $2,000,000 and certain customary bankruptcy,  
insolvency and similar defaults.  Upon the occurrence of an event of default  
under the Credit Facility, at least three of the lenders holding at least 60%  
of the principal indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility may  
declare all amounts thereunder immediately due and payable, except that such  
amounts automatically become immediately due and payable in the event of  
certain bankruptcy, insolvency or similar defaults.    
  
    The Credit Facility generally prohibits the Company from prepaying in  
excess of $50.0 million of the Senior Notes whether the prepayment would  
result from the redemption of the Senior Notes, an offer by the Company to  
purchase the Senior Notes following a change of control or a sale or other  
disposition of assets, or the acceleration of the due date for payment of the  
Senior Notes.    
  
Capitalized Lease Obligations:    
- ------------------------------  
  
    During the fourth quarter of 1995, the operating lease agreement relating  
to the Company's Beverly, West Virginia, plant and related equipment was  
amended to allow for a purchase option of $1 until 2018.  As a result, the  
Company recorded the present value of the remaining future minimum lease  
payments as a capitalized lease asset and related capitalized lease  
obligation.      
  
Industrial Revenue Bonds:    
- -------------------------  
  
    On June 28, 1996, in connection with the acquisition of Hartco Flooring  
Company, the Company acquired $10,000,000, in floating interest rate, City of  
Somerset, Kentucky, Industrial Revenue Bonds, due in full on August 1, 2009.   
These bonds were used to finance the Somerset, Kentucky hardwood flooring  
plant and are collateralized by a $10,000,000 letter of credit.  At January 2,  
1998, the various Industrial Revenue Bond (IRB) notes have interest rates that  
ranged up to 8.25% and at January 3, 1997, the interest rates ranged up to  
7.87%.    
  
    These IRB notes are payable through 2009 and are collateralized by the  
related underlying assets.    
  
  
<PAGE>  
    Maturities for all long-term debt are as follows:    
  
                                           (In thousands)  
                   1998                       $    3,957  
                   1999                            4,111  
                   2000                           45,011  
                   2001                            4,800  
                   2002                            1,198  
                   Thereafter                    177,121  
                                               ---------  
                        Total                 $  236,198  
                                               =========  
  
NOTE 3 - INCOME TAXES:    
  
    The components of the deferred tax liability and asset are as follows:    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                          January 2,        January 3,  
                                             1998              1997     
                                          ----------------------------  
                                                 (In thousands)  
<S>                                       <C>               <C>  
Deferred Tax Liability:  
    Property, plant and equipment         $  26,925         $  27,824  
    Trademarks                               10,108            11,022  
    Other                                     7,856             7,338  
                                           --------          --------  
    Total                                 $  44,889         $  46,184  
                                           --------          --------  
  
Deferred Tax Asset:  
    Other                                 $   4,643         $   6,967  
                                           --------          --------  
    Total                                 $   4,643         $   6,967  
                                           --------          --------  
Net Deferred Tax Liability                $  40,246         $  39,217  
                                           ========          ========  
</TABLE>  
  
    The provision for income taxes consists of the following:    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                            Fiscal Years Ended  
                                    ------------------------------------  
                                    January 2,  January 3,  December 29,  
                                       1998        1997         1995     
                                    ------------------------------------  
                                             (In thousands)  
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>  
Current:  
    Federal                         $ 13,097    $ 12,338    $ 12,006  
    State and local                    2,736       2,625       1,689  
                                     -------     -------     -------  
                                    $ 15,833    $ 14,963    $ 13,695  
                                     -------     -------     -------  
Deferred:  
    Federal                         $  3,687    $    722    $     22  
    State and local                      327         124          57  
                                    --------     -------     -------  
                                    $  4,014    $    846    $     79  
                                     -------     -------     -------  
Total                               $ 19,847    $ 15,809    $ 13,774  
                                     =======     =======     =======  
</TABLE>  
  
<PAGE>  
    The tax provision for the fiscal years ended January 2, 1998, January 3,  
1997 and December 29, 1995 was 38.5%, 38.2% and 38.5% of pre-tax income,  
respectively.  The factors causing the rate to vary from the U.S. Federal  
Statutory rate are as follows:    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                            Fiscal Years Ended  
                                    ------------------------------------  
                                    January 2,  January 3,  December 29,  
                                       1998        1997         1995     
                                    ------------------------------------  
                                             (In thousands)  
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>  
Computed (expected)   
    tax provision                   $ 18,062    $ 14,502    $ 12,522  
  
Increase (decrease) from:  
    State and local taxes              2,023       1,830       1,155  
    Amortization of goodwill             685         609         532  
    Foreign sales                       (463)       (394)       (292)  
    Other book to tax   
      differences, net                  (460)       (738)       (143)  
                                     -------     -------     -------  
         Total                      $ 19,847    $ 15,809    $ 13,774  
                                     =======     =======     =======  
</TABLE>  
  
NOTE 4 - OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS:    
  
    The Company rents certain real estate and equipment under operating leases  
expiring at various dates to 2015.  Several leases include options for renewal  
or purchase and contain clauses for payment of real estate taxes and  
insurance.  In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of  
business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases.    
  
    The following is a summary of minimum future rental payments required  
under operating leases that have initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess  
of one year:  
  
                                             (In thousands)  
              1998                            $    1,928  
              1999                                 1,143  
              2000                                   670  
              2001                                   236  
              2002                                   118  
              Thereafter                             122  
                                               ---------  
                   Total                      $    4,217  
                                               =========  
  
    Rental expense for operating leases amounted to $7,062,000, $6,682,000 and  
$8,335,000 for the fiscal years ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997 and  
December 29, 1995, respectively.    
  
NOTE 5 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:    
  
Pension and Profit Sharing Plans:    
- ---------------------------------  
  
    The Company sponsors several defined benefit pension plans and is required  
to contribute to several labor union-related defined contribution plans.   
Total pension expense was $1,268,000, $1,169,000 and $1,114,000 for the fiscal  
years ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997 and December 29, 1995,  
respectively, including $647,000, $517,000 and $538,000, respectively, for  
defined benefit plans, which includes amortization of prior service costs over  
the estimated average remaining service period of active employees.    
  
  
<PAGE>  
    The following table sets forth the defined benefit pension  plans' funded  
status at January 2, 1998 and January 3, 1997.    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                                January 2,        January 3,  
                                                   1998              1997     
                                                ----------------------------  
                                                       (In thousands)  
    <S>                                        <C>                <C>  
    Actuarial present value of  
       benefit obligation:  
         Vested                                $  10,566          $  10,519  
         Non-vested                                  695                566  
                                                --------           --------  
    Accumulated and projected  
       benefit obligation                         11,261             11,085  
    Plan assets at fair value                     11,066             10,538  
                                                --------           --------  
    Projected benefit obligation  
       in excess of plan assets                     (195)              (547)  
    Unrecognized prior service costs                 842                598  
    Unrecognized net loss from past  
       experience different from that  
       assumed and effects of changes  
       in assumptions                                724              1,235  
    Adjustment to recognize  
       minimum liability                          (1,071)            (1,761)  
                                                 -------           --------  
    Prepaid (accrued) pension expense          $     300          $    (475)  
                                                ========           ========  
</TABLE>  
  
    Net periodic pension costs for defined benefit pension plans for the  
fiscal years ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997, and December 29, 1995,  
include the following components:    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                                  Fiscal Years Ended    
                                         ------------------------------------  
                                         January 2,  January 3,  December 29,  
                                            1998       1997         1995       
                                         ------------------------------------  
                                                  (In thousands)  
     <S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>  
     Service cost-benefits  
         earned during the period        $     317   $     277   $     271  
     Interest cost on projected  
         benefit obligation                    897         818         779  
     Actual return on plan assets           (1,483)     (1,129)       (825)  
     Net amortization and deferral             916         551         313  
                                          --------    --------    --------  
     Net periodic pension cost           $     647   $     517   $     538  
                                          ========    ========    ========  
</TABLE>  
  
    A weighted average discount rate of 8.5% was used in 1997, 1996 and 1995  
to determine the benefit obligations of the Company's defined benefit pension  
plans.  The plans do not provide for future compensation increases in  
calculating benefit obligations as the benefits do not derive from  
compensation levels but from length of service.  The plans' assets are  
invested in a diversified portfolio of common stocks and fixed income  
securities.  The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 8.0% in  
1997, 1996 and 1995.    
  
    The Company has a profit sharing plan for salaried employees, and a  
supplemental profit sharing plan for certain salaried employees to which  
contributions are made at the discretion of its Board of Directors as long as  
the Company has met specified financial goals.  The fiscal year 1997, 1996 and  
1995 contributions were $1,250,000, $1,250,000 and $1,245,450, respectively.    
  
Long-Term Incentive Plans:    
- --------------------------  
  
    In June 1993, the Company adopted the Triangle Pacific Corp. Long-Term  
Incentive Compensation Plan, (the "Long-Term Incentive Plan") which authorizes  
grants of various incentive awards to all regular salaried full-time officers  
and key employees of the Company.  There are 1,400,000 shares of common stock   
<PAGE>  
authorized for issue under this plan.  In February 1994, March 1994, February  
1996, April 1996 and May 1997 stock options were granted for an aggregate of  
1,072,700 shares at 100% of fair market value at the respective dates of  
grant.    
  
    The following summarizes the Company's stock option activity:  
  
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                                            Weighted  
                               Number                        Average  
                                 of     Exercise Price    Exercise Price  
                               Shares     Per Share         Per Share  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------  
    <S>                        <C>       <C>                  <C>  
    Outstanding,  
         December 30, 1994     731,205   $ 2.99 - $15.13      $11.56  
  
    1995  
         Granted                    -         -                    -  
         Exercised                (756)      $ 2.99           $ 2.99  
         Forfeited                   -          -                  -  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------  
    Outstanding,  
         December 29, 1995     730,449    $ 2.99 - $15.13     $11.57  
    1996  
         Granted               237,500        $16.38          $16.38  
         Exercised             (22,093)   $ 2.99 - $14.44     $ 4.29  
         Forfeited             (14,200)   $14.44 - $15.13     $14.64  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------  
    Outstanding,  
         January 3, 1997       931,656    $ 2.99 - $16.38     $12.99  
    1997  
         Granted               277,500        $28.38          $28.38  
         Exercised             (28,455)   $ 2.99 - $14.44     $ 4.58  
         Forfeited              (8,750)   $14.44 - $28.38     $16.38  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------  
    Outstanding,  
         January 2, 1998     1,171,951    $ 2.99 - $28.38     $16.68  
    ====================================================================  
</TABLE>  
  
    All stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair  
market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant.  The weighted  
average exercise prices of the stock options granted during 1997 was $28.38.   
Stock options expire ten years from date of grant and vest equally over a four  
year period.  The number of stock options exercisable at January 2, 1998, was  
601,376 shares.  These stock options have a weighted average exercise price of  
$11.98 per share and a weighted average contractual life of 6.0 years.    
  
    The Company accounts for stock options in accordance with Accounting  
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, under which no compensation cost has been  
recognized for stock option awards.  Had compensation cost for the stock  
options issued subsequent to January 1, 1995 been determined consistent with  
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock- 
Based Compensation" (SFAS 123), the Company's pro forma net income and net  
income per share for 1997, 1996 and 1995 would not have been materially  
different from reported net income and net income per share.  Because the SFAS  
123 method of accounting has not been applied to options granted prior to  
January 1, 1995, pro forma compensation cost may not be representative of that  
to be expected in future years.    
  
    The value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant  
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted  
average assumptions used for 1997 grants: risk free interest rate of 6.88%,  
expected dividend yield of 0%; expected life of ten years; and expected  
volatility of 29.06%.    
  
    The Company has a performance-based cash incentive plan for officers and  
other key employees to make annual bonus awards based upon pre-established  
criteria which were approved by the Board of Directors.  The expense under  
this plan was $3,743,000, $3,282,000, and $2,287,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995,  
respectively.    
  
  
<PAGE>  
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan:    
- ----------------------------------------  
  
    The Company has a Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan for up to  
100,000 shares of common stock.  Options have been granted to six non-employee  
directors for an aggregate of 48,000 shares, with exercise prices equal to the  
fair market value at the date of grant.  These options are currently  
exercisable and generally expire 10 years from the date of grant.    
  
Post-Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits:    
- ---------------------------------------------  
  
    The Company, as of January 2, 1998, generally does not provide post- 
retirement life or health insurance benefits or any post-employment benefits  
other than those previously discussed.    
  
NOTE 6 - ACCRUED LIABILITIES:    
  
    Amounts included in accrued liabilities are as follows:    
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                    January 2,        January 3,  
                                       1998              1997     
                                    ----------------------------  
                                            (In thousands)  
    <S>                             <C>               <C>  
    Payroll                         $  9,874          $  8,187  
    Pension and profit sharing         1,766             1,919  
    Taxes                              3,780             3,311  
    Insurance                          8,911             9,340  
    Interest                           7,202             7,029  
    Marketing                          9,232             5,363  
    Other                              5,205             5,077  
                                     -------           -------  
         Total                      $ 45,970          $ 40,226  
                                     =======           =======  
</TABLE>  
  
NOTE 7 - SUPPLEMENTARY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited):  
         (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                                           Net Income  
                                                           Per Share  
                  Net         Gross       Net         --------------------  
Quarters          Sales       Profit      Income       Basic      Diluted   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  
<S>               <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>  
1997  
First Quarter     $145,205    $ 36,237   $  5,859     $ 0.40      $ 0.38  
Second Quarter     175,249      41,738      9,058       0.62        0.59  
Third Quarter      165,795      40,485      8,415       0.57        0.55  
Fourth Quarter     166,617      39,150      8,427       0.57        0.55  
  
1996  
First Quarter     $110,525    $ 25,926   $  3,904     $ 0.27      $ 0.26  
Second Quarter     131,471      34,364      7,433       0.51        0.50  
Third Quarter      142,941      34,755      6,762       0.46        0.45  
Fourth Quarter     149,324      36,457      7,525       0.51        0.50  
</TABLE>  
  
NOTE 8 - ACQUISITION OF RESIDENTIAL FLOORING DIVISION OF  
         ROBBINS, INC. AND SEARCY FLOORING, INC.    
  
    On March 28, 1997, Robbins Hardwood Flooring Inc., a newly formed wholly- 
owned subsidiary of Triangle Pacific Corp., acquired from Robbins Inc. and its  
affiliate Searcy Flooring, Inc., substantially all the assets and assumed  
certain liabilities (primarily IRB financing and trade payables) associated  
with their residential flooring operations.  The purchase price was $64.2  
million consisting of $55.6 in cash and the balance in assumed liabilities.    
  
    The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of  
accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the  
assets purchased and the liabilities assumed based upon the fair values at the  
date of acquisition.  The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of  
<PAGE>  
the net assets acquired was $36.9 million and has been recorded as goodwill,  
which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years.  Sales and  
earnings for the residential flooring operations acquired by Robbins Hardwood  
Flooring Inc., are included in the reported results for the period since the  
acquisition on March 28, 1997.    
  
    The net purchase price was allocated as follows:    
  
                                                    (in thousands)  
    Net working capital                               $  14,661  
    Net property, plant and equipment                    11,295  
    Other assets                                          2,923  
    Goodwill                                             36,941  
    Other non-current liabilities                       (10,193)  
                                                       --------  
         Cash paid for Robbins Hardwood Flooring      $  55,627  
                                                       ========  
  
NOTE 9 - ACQUISITION OF HARTCO FLOORING COMPANY:  
  
    On June 28, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of  
Hartco Flooring Company ("Hartco"), formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of  
Premark International, Inc. The total value of the acquisition was $63  
million, consisting of $36.1 million in cash and the balance representing the  
assumption of liabilities.    
  
    The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of  
accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the  
assets purchased and the liabilities assumed based upon the fair values at the  
date of acquisition.  The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of  
the net assets acquired was $17.5 million and has been recorded as goodwill,  
which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years.  The  
accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of  
Hartco for the period subsequent to June 28, 1996.    
  
    The net purchase price was allocated as follows:    
  
                                                    (in thousands)  
    Net working capital                               $  13,589  
    Net property, plant and equipment                    22,717  
    Other assets                                            712  
    Goodwill                                             17,530  
    Other non-current liabilities                       (18,408)  
                                                       --------  
         Cash paid for Hartco                         $  36,140  
                                                       ========  
  
    The unaudited pro forma results below assume the acquisition occurred at  
the beginning of the years ended January 3, 1997 and December 29, 1995. (In  
thousands, except per share amounts)  
  
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>  
                                             Fiscal Years Ended  
                                          ------------------------  
                                          January 3,  December 29,  
                                             1997        1995       
                                          ------------------------  
    <S>                                   <C>         <C>  
    Net sales                             $ 574,680   $ 529,657  
    Net income                               25,958      21,346  
    Net income per share                  $    1.73   $    1.44  
</TABLE>  
  
    The above pro forma results include adjustments to give effect to  
amortization of goodwill, interest expense on acquisition debt and certain  
other adjustments, together with related income tax effects.  The pro forma  
results above are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that  
would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the beginning  
of the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future  
operating results.    
  
  
<PAGE>  
PART III   
   
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY   
   
    The section entitled "Election of Directors" appearing in the definitive  
proxy statement of the Registrant for the annual meeting of shareholders to be  
held on May 5, 1998 sets forth certain information regarding the directors and  
is incorporated herein by reference.  The section entitled "Executive  
Compensation-Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act" appearing in  
the definitive proxy statement of the Registrant for the annual meeting of  
shareholders to be held on May 5, 1998 sets forth certain information  
regarding reporting under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  
as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference.  Certain information with  
respect to the executive officers of the Registrant is set forth in Part I of  
this Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers of the Company."    
   
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   
   
    Information regarding the compensation of management is contained in the  
definitive proxy statement of the Registrant for the annual meeting of  
shareholders to be held on May 5, 1998, under the caption "Executive  
Compensation" and, except for the report of the compensation committee of the  
Board of Directors and the information contained under the caption  
"Performance Graph," is incorporated herein by reference.    
   
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT   
   
    Information regarding ownership of the Company's Common Stock is contained  
in the definitive proxy statement of the Registrant for the annual meeting of  
shareholders to be held on May 5, 1998, under the captions "Security Ownership  
of Certain Beneficial Owners" and "Security Ownership of Management" and is  
incorporated herein by reference.     
   
ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS   
   
    None   
   
   
  
<PAGE>  
                                     PART IV   
  
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K   
  
     (a)(1) Financial Statements   
  
            Included in Part II of this report.   
  
            -    Report of independent public accountants   
  
            -    Consolidated balance sheets as of January 2, 1998 and  
                 January 3, 1997.  
  
            -    Consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal    
                 years ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997, and  
                 December 29, 1995.  
  
            -    Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders'    
                 investment for the fiscal years ended January 2, 1998,   
                 January 3, 1997, and December 29, 1995.     
  
            -    Consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal    
                 years ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997, and    
                 December 29, 1995.     
  
            -    Notes to consolidated financial statements.     
  
     (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules   
  
            Included in Part IV of this report:     
  
            For the fiscal years ended January 2, 1998, January 3, 1997,  
            and December 29, 1995.   
  
            -    Schedule II - Valuation and qualifying accounts    
                 and reserves.     
  
            Information required by other schedules called for under    
            Regulation S-X is either not applicable or is included in    
            the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.     
  
     (a)(3) Exhibits   
            --------   
  
            The information required by this Item 14(a)(3) is set forth    
            in the Index to Exhibits in item 14(c) of this annual report on    
            form 10-K.     
  
     (b)    Reports on Form 8-K   
            -------------------   
  
            No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter    
            of the year ended January 2, 1998.     
  
     (c)    Exhibits   
            --------   
  
      3.1     -    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the   
                   Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to    
                   Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the    
                   fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).     
  
      3.2     -    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to    
                   the Registrant's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended    
                   December 31, 1993).     
  
  
<PAGE>  
      4.1     -    Form of 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2003 (incorporated    
                   herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the    
                   Registrant's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended    
                   December 31,1993).     
  
      4.2     -    Indenture governing 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 2003    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to    
                   the Registrant's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended    
                   December 31, 1993).     
  
      4.3     -    Credit Agreement dated as of August 4, 1993, as    
                   amended, among the Registrant, the Lenders listed    
                   therein and CitiCorp USA, Inc., as the Co-Agent for    
                   the Lenders, and the Bank of Nova Scotia, as the    
                   Agent for the Lenders (the "Credit Agreement")    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to    
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1    
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
      4.4     -    Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement dated as of    
                   December 2, 1994.     
  
      4.5     -    Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement dated as of    
                   December 21, 1995.     
  
      4.6     -    Amendment No. 7 to the Credit Agreement dated as of    
                   May 1, 1996.     
  
      4.7     -    Amendment No. 10 to The Credit Agreement dated as of   
                   March 19, 1997.    
  
      4.8     -    Amendment No. 11 to the Credit Agreement dated as of   
                   September 30, 1997.    
  
     10.1     -    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 5,    
                   1992 by and among the Registrant and the Persons    
                   listed therein (incorporated herein by reference to    
                   Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Registration    
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-50724)).     
  
     10.2     -    Lenders' Equity Agreement dated as of June 5, 1992 by    
                   and among the Registrant and the Banks and other    
                   financial institutions listed herein (incorporated    
                   herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the    
                   Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1    
                   (Registration No. 33-50724)).     
  
     10.3     -    ESJ Exchange Agreement dated as of June 5, 1992 by    
                   and among the Registrant, TPC Holding Corp. and the    
                   ESJ Entities (incorporated herein by reference to    
                   Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Registration    
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-50724)).     
  
     10.4*    -    Management Equity Agreement dated as of June 5, 1992    
                   by and among the Registrant and the individuals    
                   listed therein, and including a form of the Triangle    
                   Pacific Corp. Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein    
                   by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's    
                   Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.    
                   33-50724)).     
  
     10.5*    -    Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement    
                   dated as of March 8, 1995 between the Company and the    
                   individuals named on Schedule 1 thereto.     
  
     10.6*    -    Form of Employment Agreement dated as of March 8,    
                   1995 between the Company and the individuals named on    
                   Schedule 1 thereto.     
  
<PAGE>  
     10.7*    -    Salaried Employees Profit Sharing Plan (as restated    
                   January 1, 1993) of the Registrant   
  
     10.8*    -    Annual Cash Incentive Bonus System of the Registrant    
                   for Officers and Managers.   
  
     10.9*    -    Form of Stock Option Plan of the Registrant    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to    
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1    
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
     10.10*   -    Form of Stock Option Agreement of the Registrant    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to    
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on From S-1    
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
     10.11    -    Lease dated as of June 1, 1988 by and between West    
                   Virginia Jobs and Development Corporation and    
                   Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to    
                   Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Registration    
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-50724)).     
  
     10.12    -    Amendment to lease effective as of April 14, 1989 by    
                   and between West Virginia Jobs and Development    
                   Corporation and the Registrant (incorporated herein    
                   by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's    
                   Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.    
                   33-64530)).     
  
     10.13    -    Second Amendment to lease effective as of November 1,    
                   1991 by and between West Virginia Economic    
                   Development Authority, as successor to West Virginia    
                   Jobs and Development Corporation, and the Registrant    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to    
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1    
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
     10.14    -    Third Amendment to lease effective as of March 10,    
                   1993 by and between West Virginia Economic    
                   Development Authority, as successor to West Virginia    
                   Jobs and Development Corporation, and the Registrant    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to    
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Forms S-1    
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
     10.15    -    Fourth amendment to lease effective as of September 22,    
                   1995 by and between West Virginia Economic Development    
                   Authority, as successor to West Virginia Jobs and    
                   Development Corporation, and the Registrant.     
  
     10.16*   -    Triangle Pacific Corp. 1993 Long-Term Incentive    
                   Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference    
                   to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant's Registration    
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
     10.17*   -    Triangle Pacific Corp. Nonemployee Director Stock    
                   Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to    
                   Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Registration    
                   Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
     10.18    -    Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant    
                   and each of its directors and executive officers    
                   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to    
                   the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1    
                   (Registration No. 33-64530)).     
  
     10.19*   -    Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Compensation    
                   Plan of the Registrant.     
  
<PAGE>  
     10.20    -    Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 28, 1996 between   
                   the Company and Premark International Inc. (incorporated    
                   herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Form  
                   8-K dated June 28, 1996).     
  
     10.21    -    Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 28, 1997 between  
                   the Company and Robbins, Inc. And Searcy Flooring, Inc.    
  
     11.1     -    Statement re computation of per share earnings   
  
     21.1     -    Subsidiaries of the Registrant  
  
     23.1     -    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP   
  
     27.1     -    Financial Data Schedule.   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
- --------------   
*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to    
be filed as an exhibit hereto.     
  
<PAGE>  
                               SIGNATURES   
  
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the    
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this    
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly    
authorized.     
  
                                          TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.   
  
                                    By:   /s/ Floyd F. Sherman        
                                        ---------------------------   
                                          Floyd F. Sherman   
                                          Chairman of the Board and   
                                          Chief Executive Officer   
  
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of    
1934, this report signed below by the following persons on behalf of the    
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.     
  
  
 /s/ Floyd F. Sherman         Chairman of the Board     March 31, 1998  
- ----------------------------  and Chief Executive Officer   
   Floyd F. Sherman           (Principal Executive Officer)   
  
  
 /s/ M. Joseph McHugh         Director and President    March 31, 1998   
- ----------------------------   
   M. Joseph McHugh   
  
  
 /s/ E. Dwain Plaster         Vice President,           March 31, 1998  
- ----------------------------  Treasurer and Chief   
   E. Dwain Plaster           Financial Officer  
                              (Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)   
  
  
 /s/ B. William Bonnivier     Director                  March 31, 1998   
- ----------------------------   
   B. William Bonnivier   
  
  
 /s/ Charles M. Hansen, Jr.   Director                  March 31, 1998   
- ----------------------------   
   Charles M. Hansen, Jr.   
  
  
 /s/ David R. Henkel          Director                  March 31, 1998   
- ----------------------------   
   David R. Henkel   
  
  
 /s/ Bruce A. Karsh           Director                  March 31, 1998  
- ----------------------------   
   Bruce A. Karsh   
  
  
 /s/ Jack L. McDonald         Director                  March 31, 1998   
- ----------------------------   
   Jack L. McDonald   
  
  
 /s/ Carson R. McKissick      Director                  March 31, 1998   
- ----------------------------   
   Carson R. McKissick   
  
  
 /s/Karen Gordon Mills                Director                  March 31, 1998  
- ----------------------------   
   Karen Gordon Mills   
  
<PAGE>  
                                                               SCHEDULE II  
                                                               -----------  
<TABLE>  
                        TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
                        ---------------------------------------  
                            VALUATION AND QUALIFYING  
                            ------------------------  
                             ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES  
                             ---------------------  
                               (in thousands)  
<CAPTION>  
Column A              Column B      Column C      Column D        Column E  
- --------              --------      --------      --------        --------  
                                    Additions  
                      Balance at    charged to                    Balance  
                      beginning     costs and                     at end of  
Classifications       of period     expenses      Deductions(1)   period  
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
<S>                  <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>  
Fiscal Year ended  
 December 29, 1995:  
  Reserve for   
   doubtful accounts  
   and returns and  
   allowances        $   2,491     $     435      $     338      $   2,588  
                     =====================================================  
Fiscal Year ended  
 January 3, 1997:  
  Reserve for   
   doubtful accounts  
   and returns and  
   allowances        $   2,588     $     672(2)   $     207      $   3,053  
                     =====================================================  
Fiscal Year ended  
 January 2, 1998:  
  Reserve for   
   doubtful accounts  
   and returns and  
   allowances        $   3,053     $     850(3)   $     241      $   3,662  
                     =====================================================  
</TABLE>  
[FN]  
(1)  Write-offs of specific accounts, net of recoveries.    
(2)  Includes Hartco balance of $250 at June 28, 1996, acquisition date.    
(3)  Includes Robbins balance of $431 at March 28, 1997, acquisition date.    
  
  



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 
 
 
 
                              ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 
 
 
                                   by and among 
 
 
 
                              TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP., 
 
                          ROBBINS HARDWOOD FLOORING, INC. 
                                     as Buyer 
 
 
 
                                       and 
 
 
 
                                  ROBBINS, INC., 
 
                                       and 
 
                               SEARCY FLOORING, INC. 
                                    as Sellers 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                  March 28, 1997 
 
 
 
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
<PAGE> 
                                    TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
                                                                         Page 
 
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT .................................................  1 
 
ARTICLE I.  ..............................................................  1 
 
TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION  ................................................  1 
     1.1    Assets to be Transferred  ....................................  1 
     1.2    Purchase Price  ..............................................  4 
     1.3    Cash Payment  ................................................  4 
     1.4    Liabilities Assumed by Buyer  ................................  4 
     1.5    Estimated Cash Payment  ......................................  4 
     1.6    Certain Closing Adjustments  .................................  6 
     1.7    Final Price Adjustment  ......................................  6 
     1.8    Allocation of Purchase Price Among Sellers; Seller  
            Representative.  .............................................  7 
     1.9    Allocation of Purchase Price Among Assets  ...................  8 
     1.10   Liabilities Not Assumed by Buyer  ............................  8 
     1.11   Definitions  .................................................  9 
 
ARTICLE II.  .............................................................  9 
 
CLOSING  .................................................................  9 
     2.1    Time and Place of Closing  ...................................  9 
     2.2    Effectiveness  ...............................................  9 
 
ARTICLE III.  ............................................................  9 
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS  ...............................  9 
     3.1    Corporate Organization and Qualification  ....................  9 
     3.2    Authority Relative to This Agreement  ........................ 10 
     3.3    Noncontravention  ............................................ 10 
     3.4    Governmental Approvals  ...................................... 10 
     3.5    Operation and Ownership of Business  ......................... 10 
     3.6    Title to Assets  ............................................. 11 
     3.7    Financial Statements  ........................................ 11 
     3.8    Liabilities  ................................................. 12 
     3.9    Absence of Certain Changes  .................................. 12 
     3.10   Tax Matters  ................................................. 12 
     3.11   Compliance With Laws  ........................................ 13 
     3.12   Legal Proceedings  ........................................... 13 
     3.13   Real Property  ............................................... 13 
     3.14   Tangible Personal Property  .................................. 15 
     3.15   Leased Property  ............................................. 15 
     3.16   Inventory  ................................................... 15 
<PAGE> 
     3.17   Receivables  ................................................. 15 
     3.18   Intellectual Property  ....................................... 16 
     3.19   Permits  ..................................................... 16 
     3.20   Contracts and Agreements  .................................... 17 
     3.21   ERISA; Accrued Compensation  ................................. 19 
     3.22   Environmental Matters  ....................................... 20 
     3.23   Labor Relations  ............................................. 22 
     3.24   Customers and Suppliers  ..................................... 23 
     3.25   Insurance  ..................................................  23 
     3.26   Books and Records  ........................................... 23 
     3.27   Brokerage Fees  .............................................. 24 
     3.28   Insider Interests  ........................................... 24 
     3.29   Disclosure  .................................................. 24 
     3.30   Representations and Warranties on Closing Date  .............. 24 
 
ARTICLE IV.  ............................................................. 24 
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TRIANGLE AND BUYER  .................... 24 
     4.1    Corporate Organization  ...................................... 24 
     4.2    Authority Relative to This Agreement  ........................ 25 
     4.3    Noncontravention  ............................................ 25 
     4.4    Governmental Approvals  ...................................... 25 
     4.5    Legal Proceedings  ........................................... 26 
     4.6    Brokerage Fees  .............................................. 26 
     4.7    Disclosure  .................................................. 26 
     4.8    Representations and Warranties on Closing Date  .............. 26 
 
ARTICLE V.  .............................................................. 26 
 
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING CLOSING  ..................................... 26 
     5.1    Conduct and Preservation of Business  ........................ 26 
     5.2    Restrictions on Certain Actions  ............................. 27 
 
ARTICLE VI.  ............................................................. 28 
 
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS  ................................................... 28 
     6.1    Access to Information; Confidentiality  ...................... 28 
     6.2    Acquisition Proposals  ....................................... 29 
     6.3    Third Party Consents  ........................................ 30 
     6.4    Reasonable Best Efforts  ..................................... 30 
     6.5    Employee and Employee Benefit Plan Matters  .................. 30 
     6.6    Title Insurance and Surveys  ................................. 34 
     6.7    Payment of Liabilities  ...................................... 35 
     6.8    Public Announcements  ........................................ 35 
     6.9    Environmental Provisions  .................................... 35 
     6.10   Notice of Litigation  ........................................ 36 
<PAGE> 
     6.11   Notification of Certain Matters  ............................. 36 
     6.12   Amendment of Schedules  ...................................... 37 
     6.13   Fees and Expenses  ........................................... 37 
     6.14   Survival of Covenants  ....................................... 37 
     6.15   Dispute Resolution  .......................................... 37 
     6.16   Preparation of Closing Balance Sheet  ........................ 38 
     6.17   Access to Records After Closing  ............................. 39 
     6.18   Taxes; Other Charges  ........................................ 40 
     6.19   Escrow; Liquidated Damages  .................................. 40 
 
ARTICLE VII.  ............................................................ 40 
 
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS  .................................... 40 
     7.1    Representations and Warranties True  ......................... 40 
     7.2    Covenants and Agreements Performed  .......................... 40 
     7.3    Certificate  ................................................. 41 
     7.4    Opinion of Counsel to Buyer  ................................. 41 
     7.5    Legal Proceedings  ........................................... 41 
     7.6    Approval of Counsel to Seller  ............................... 41 
 
ARTICLE VIII.  ........................................................... 41 
 
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF TRIANGLE AND BUYER  ......................... 41 
     8.1    Representations and Warranties True  ......................... 41 
     8.2    Covenants and Agreements Performed  .......................... 41 
     8.3    Certificate  ................................................. 41 
     8.4    Preliminary Closing Statements  .............................. 41 
     8.5    Payoff Letters.  ............................................. 42 
     8.6    Opinion of Counsel to Seller  ................................ 42 
     8.7    Legal Proceedings  ........................................... 42 
     8.8    No Material Adverse Change  .................................. 42 
     8.9    Noncompetition Agreements  ................................... 42 
     8.10   Data Processing Agreement  ................................... 42 
     8.11   International Distribution Agreement  ........................ 42 
     8.12   Unacceptable Encumbrances; Title Insurance  .................. 42 
     8.13   Due Diligence  ............................................... 42 
     8.14   Environmental Matters  ....................................... 43 
     8.15   Other Documents  ............................................. 43 
     8.16   Approval of Counsel to Triangle and Buyer  ................... 44 
 
ARTICLE IX.  ............................................................. 44 
 
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF ALL PARTIES  ................................ 44 
     9.1    Governmental and Third Party Consents and Approvals  ......... 44 
     9.2    Trademark Agreement  ......................................... 44 
     9.3    Equipment Bill of Sale  ...................................... 44 
<PAGE> 
     9.4    Real Estate and Equipment Agreement  ......................... 44 
     9.5    Supply Agreement  ............................................ 44 
 
ARTICLE X.  .............................................................. 45 
 
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT, AND REMEDIES  .................................... 45 
     10.1   Termination  ................................................. 45 
     10.2   Effect of Termination  ....................................... 45 
     10.3   Amendment  ................................................... 46 
     10.4   Waiver  ...................................................... 46 
     10.5   Remedies Not Exclusive  ...................................... 46 
 
ARTICLE XI.  ............................................................. 46 
 
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS  ............................................. 46 
     11.1   Survival  .................................................... 46 
 
ARTICLE XII.  ............................................................ 46 
 
MISCELLANEOUS  ........................................................... 46 
     12.1   Notices  ..................................................... 46 
     12.2   Entire Agreement  ............................................ 47 
     12.3   Binding Effect; Assignment; No Third Party Benefit  .......... 48 
     12.4   Severability  ................................................ 48 
     12.5   GOVERNING LAW  ............................................... 48 
     12.6   Descriptive Headings  ........................................ 48 
     12.7   Gender  ...................................................... 48 
     12.8   References  .................................................. 48 
     12.9   Further Assurances  .......................................... 49 
     12.10  Counterparts  ................................................ 49 
     12.11  Injunctive Relief  ........................................... 49 
 
ARTICLE XIII.  ........................................................... 49 
 
DEFINITIONS  ............................................................. 49 
     13.1   Certain Defined Terms  ....................................... 49 
     13.2   Certain Additional Defined Terms  ............................ 51 
 
<PAGE> 
LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES  ........................................  S-i 
Exhibit 7.4 - Opinion of Counsel to Buyer  .............................   E- 
Exhibit 8.6 - Opinion of Counsel to Seller  ............................   E- 
Exhibit 8.9 - Noncompetition Agreement  ................................   E- 
Exhibit 8.10 - Data Processing Agreement  ..............................   E- 
Exhibit 9.2 - Trademark Agreement  .....................................   E- 
Exhibit 9.3 - Individual Assignment to Robbins  ........................   E- 
Exhibit 9.4 - Individual Assignment to Searcy  .........................   E- 
Exhibit 9.5 - Supply Agreement  ........................................   E- 
Schedule 1.1(a) - Real Property  .......................................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(b)(i) - Equipment and Machinery  ..........................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(b)(ii) - Excluded Equipment and Machinery  ................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(c)(i) - Purchased Inventory  ..............................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(c)(ii) - Retained Inventory  ..............................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(e)(i) - Purchased Software  ...............................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(g) - Contracts and Agreements  ............................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(h)(i) - Prepaid Expenses  .................................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(h)(ii) - Excluded Prepaid Expenses  .......................   S- 
Schedule 1.1(j) - Other Assets  ........................................   S- 
Schedule 1.5(a) - Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement  ............   S- 
Schedule 1.5(c) - Liabilities Assumed  .................................   S- 
Schedule 1.7(a) - Final Closing Settlement Statement  ..................   S- 
Schedule 3.1 - Jurisdictions  ..........................................   S- 
Schedule 3.3 - Noncontravention  .......................................   S- 
Schedule 3.4 - Governmental Approvals  .................................   S- 
Schedule 3.5 - Ownership of Business  ..................................   S- 
Schedule 3.6 - Title to Assets  ........................................   S- 
Schedule 3.8 - Seller Liabilities  .....................................   S- 
Schedule 3.9 - Absence of Certain Changes  .............................   S- 
Schedule 3.10 - Tax Matters  ...........................................   S- 
Schedule 3.12 - Legal Proceedings  .....................................   S- 
Schedule 3.13 - Real Property  .........................................   S- 
Schedule 3.14 - Tangible Personal Property  ............................   S- 
Schedule 3.15 - Leased Property  .......................................   S- 
Schedule 3.16 - Inventory Exceptions  ..................................   S- 
Schedule 3.17 - Receivables Exceptions  ................................   S- 
Schedule 3.18 - Intellectual Property  .................................   S- 
Schedule 3.19 - Permits  ...............................................   S- 
Schedule 3.20 - Contracts and Agreements  ..............................   S- 
Schedule 3.21 - ERISA  .................................................   S- 
Schedule 3.22 - Environmental Matters  .................................   S- 
Schedule 3.23 - Labor Relations  .......................................   S- 
Schedule 3.24 - Customers and Suppliers  ...............................   S- 
Schedule 3.28 - Insider Interests  .....................................   S- 
Schedule 6.16(a) - Inventory Schedule  .................................   S- 
Schedule 6.16(b) - Receivables Schedule  ...............................   S- 
 
<PAGE> 
                              ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 
 
     This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of March 28, 
1997, by and among (1) TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP., a Delaware corporation 
("Triangle'), (2) ROBBINS HARDWOOD FLOORING, INC., a Delaware corporation 
("Buyer"), (3) ROBBINS, INC., an Ohio corporation ("Robbins") and (4) SEARCY 
FLOORING, INC., an Ohio corporation ("Searcy") (Robbins and Searcy, are 
sometimes referred to herein collectively as "Sellers" and individually as a 
"Seller"). 
 
     WHEREAS, Sellers desire to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase 
from Sellers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, 
substantially all the assets of Sellers associated with the business of 
developing, manufacturing and selling residential flooring (the "Business"), 
as conducted by Sellers at and from the three manufacturing plants located on 
the Real Property (hereinafter defined); 
 
     WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the acquisition 
include all of the goodwill associated with the conduct of the Business; 
 
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants 
and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, 
Buyer and Sellers hereby agree as follows: 
 
 
                            TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION 
 
     0    Assets to be Transferred.  At the Closing, and on the terms and 
subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Sellers shall sell, 
assign, transfer, deliver, and convey (collectively, "transfer"), or cause to 
be transferred, to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from Sellers, all assets 
and properties of every kind, character, and description, whether tangible, 
intangible, real, personal, or mixed, located on the Real Property (or 
otherwise identified on the Schedules to this Agreement) that are owned by 
Sellers or in which any Seller has any right, title, or interest, and that are 
used or held for use by any Seller in the conduct of the Business, or that are 
associated with the Business, as the same shall exist on the Closing Date, 
including, without limitation, the following assets and properties of Sellers 
existing on the Closing Date: 
 
          ( )      Property and Plant.  All those certain plots, tracts, or  
     parcels of land located in Bradley County, Arkansas and White County,  
     Arkansas and more particularly described on Schedule 1.1(a) (the "Real  
     Property"), and all plants, factories, warehouses, storage facilities,  
     laboratories, buildings, works, structures, fixtures, landings,  
     construction in progress, improvements, betterments, installations, and  
     additions constructed, erected, or located on or attached or affixed to  
     the Real Property. 
 
          (a)     Equipment and Machinery.  All furniture, equipment,  
     machinery, materials, vehicles, rolling stock, apparatus, tools, dies,  
     implements, appliances, spare parts, supplies, and other tangible  
<PAGE> 
     personal property of every kind, character, and description owned by  
     Sellers, both jointly and individually, or in which any Seller has any  
     right, title or interest, and located on, or used at or primarily in  
     connection with, the Real Property, or located elsewhere if used  
     primarily in, or necessary for the efficient operation of, the Business,  
     as of the Closing, including without limitation all the assets described  
     on Schedule 1.1(b)(i), and excluding only the personal property  
     identified on Schedule 1.1(b)(ii). 
 
          (b)     Inventories.  All of Sellers' inventories, as of the  
     Closing, located on the Real Property or otherwise identified on Schedule  
     1.1(c)(i), including without limitation finished goods, work-in-process,  
     raw materials, supply and samples inventories, and other inventories,  
     excluding only the Retained Inventory (hereinafter defined) described on  
     Schedule 1.1(c)(ii). 
 
          (c)     Accounts Receivable.  All accounts receivable of Sellers and  
     all other rights of Sellers to payment for goods sold or leased or for  
     services rendered, arising from the operation of the Business, including  
     without limitation those included on the Receivables Schedules  
     (hereinafter defined), and those that are not evidenced by instruments or  
     chattel paper, whether or not earned by performance or written off or  
     reserved against as a bad debt or doubtful account in any financial  
     statements; together with all instruments and documents of title  
     representing any of the foregoing, all rights in any merchandise or goods  
     that any of the same represent, and all rights, title, security, and  
     guaranties in favor of Sellers with respect to any of the foregoing,  
     including without limitation any right of stoppage in transit. 
 
          (d)     Intellectual Property.  All right, title, and interest of  
     Sellers into and under all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade  
     names, service names, brand names, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how,  
     proprietary processes, inventions, computer software (including  
     documentation and object and source codes if owned by Sellers and  
     described on Schedule 1.1(e)(i)), and similar rights, and all  
     registrations, applications, licenses, claims, causes of action, and  
     rights with respect to any of the foregoing, to the extent they are or  
     have been used primarily in connection with the operation of, the  
     Business, and all rights to recover for infringement thereof, including  
     without limitation all rights in and to the use of the mark "Robbins" and  
     variations thereof in connection with the Business, and all the goodwill  
     associated therewith, and excluding only the trademarks "Continuous  
     Strip," "Monogram", Monogram XL", "Squar-Edge" and "Next Step ES" (the  
     "Intellectual Property"); provided, however, that Sellers shall retain  
     all rights with respect to the name "Robbins" and variations thereof and  
     all rights with respect to the patents, trade secrets, and other items of  
     intellectual property in connection with all uses other than the  
     Business; provided further, that if any item of intellectual property  
     retained by Sellers is necessary to continue operation of the Business,  
     Sellers shall grant to Buyer a perpetual, royalty-free license to use the  
     same. 
 
          (e)     Permits.  All right, title, and interest of Sellers in, to,  
     and under all Permits relating to, or used in connection with the  
     operation of, the Business or relating to the construction, use,  
     operation, or enjoyment of the Assets, as such Permits can be lawfully  
     conveyed. 
 
          (f)     Contracts and Agreements.  All right, title, and interest of  
     Sellers in, to, and under the contracts and agreements, including  
<PAGE> 
     personal property leases, described on Schedule 1.1(g), and all rights  
     (including rights of refund and offset), privileges, deposits, claims,  
     causes of action, and options in favor of Sellers relating or pertaining  
     to such contracts and agreements. 
 
          (g)     Prepaid Expenses.  All right, title, and interest of Sellers  
     in and to all prepaid rentals and other prepaid expenses arising from  
     payments made by Sellers in the ordinary course of the operation of the  
     Business prior to the close of business on the Closing Date for goods or  
     services where such goods or services have not been received by Sellers  
     by the close of business on the Closing Date, including without  
     limitation all prepaid expenses described on Schedule 1.1(h)(i), and  
     excluding only those prepaid expenses described on Schedule 1.1(h)(ii). 
 
          (h)     Books and Records.  All books, records, papers, and  
     instruments of Sellers of whatever nature and wherever located that  
     relate to the Assets or the operation of the Business, including without  
     limitation all financial and accounting records and all books and records  
     relating to employees, the purchase of materials, supplies, and services,  
     product research and development, the manufacture and sale of products,  
     and dealings with customers, vendors, and suppliers of the Business, and  
     including computerized books and records and other computerized storage  
     media and the software used in connection therewith, provided that  
     Sellers shall be entitled to retain copies of any such books and records  
     that are necessary for its tax, accounting, or legal purposes. 
 
          (i)     Other Assets.  Whether or not enumerated above, (i) all  
     assets located on the Real Property, (ii) all assets used exclusively in  
     or exclusively supporting the manufacturing and other operations  
     conducted at the plants located on the Real Property, (iii) all assets  
     used exclusively in the marketing, sale and distribution of residential  
     flooring, and (iv) all assets to which any value is attributed on the  
     Closing Balance Sheet (hereinafter defined), including without limitation  
     all rights of Sellers in the accounts and funds described on Schedule  
     1.1(j) and in any other escrow, trust or other account or fund  
     containing, or otherwise relating to, proceeds of any financing included  
     in the Liabilities (hereinafter defined). 
 
All the assets and properties described in this Section 1.1 and to be 
transferred to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement are collectively referred to 
herein as the "Assets." Notwithstanding anything otherwise in this Agreement 
to the contrary, the Assets shall not include any assets or properties of 
Sellers used primarily in or associated with any business activity of Sellers 
other than the Business, including without limitation the developing, 
manufacturing and selling of recreational flooring and sports surfaces, 
provided that all assets located on the Real Property other than those set 
forth on Schedule 1.1(c)(ii) shall be conclusively deemed to be used primarily 
in the Business. 
 
     1     Purchase Price.  The total purchase price paid by Buyer (or by 
Triangle for the benefit of Buyer) in consideration of the transfer by Sellers 
to Buyer of the Assets (the "Purchase Price") shall consist of (i) a cash 
payment equal to the Net Book Value (hereinafter defined) of the Assets as of 
the Closing Date, plus $39,000,000 (the "Cash Payment"), and (ii) the 
assumption of the Liabilities (hereinafter defined) as herein provided. 
 
     2     Cash Payment.  The cash portion of the Purchase Price shall be paid 
as follows: 
 
<PAGE> 
           ( )     an amount equal to the Estimated Cash Payment (hereinafter  
     defined) shall be paid at the Closing, in immediately available funds by  
     confirmed wire transfer to a bank account to be designated by Sellers  
     (such designation to occur no later than three (3) business days prior to  
     the Closing Date (hereinafter defined)); and 
 
           (a)     the amount of any Final Price Adjustment (hereinafter  
     defined) shall be paid by the party, and on or before the date, specified  
     in Section 1.7(c), in immediately available funds by confirmed wire  
     transfer to a bank account to be designated by the party to whom such  
     Final Price Adjustment is payable (such designation to occur no later  
     than two (2) business days prior to the date such payment is due). 
 
     3     Liabilities Assumed by Buyer.  As partial consideration for the 
transfer of the Assets to Buyer, Buyer agrees, upon the terms and subject to 
the conditions set forth herein, to assume, at the Closing, and thereafter to 
pay, perform, and discharge, the Liabilities (hereinafter defined), but only 
the Liabilities and all liabilities arising after the Closing relating to 
Buyer's operation of the Business.  Any Liabilities that constitute Payoff 
Indebtedness (hereinafter defined) shall be paid by Buyer (or by Triangle for 
the benefit of Buyer) at the Closing, in immediately available funds by 
confirmed wire transfer to a bank account to be designated by the creditor to 
whom such Payoff Indebtedness is payable (such designation to occur no later 
than two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date). 
 
     4     Estimated Cash Payment.  The "Estimated Cash Payment" shall be 
equal to the Net Book Value of the Assets as of the date of the Latest Balance 
Sheet (hereinafter defined), plus $39,000,000, and shall be determined as 
follows: 
 
          ( )     Not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing Date,  
     Sellers shall deliver to Buyer an unaudited, combined balance sheet  
     reviewed by Arthur Andersen, LLP, as of January 25, 1997, with respect to  
     (i) Robbins, (ii) Searcy and (iii) Robbins International, Inc., (the  
     "Latest Balance Sheet"), together with a preliminary calculation of the  
     Estimated Cash Payment presented in the format set forth on Schedule  
     1.5(a) (the "Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement", and together with  
     the Latest Balance Sheet, the "Preliminary Closing Statements").  In  
     connection with Buyer's review of the Preliminary Closing Statements,  
     Sellers shall give Buyer and its representatives full access to all  
     personnel, books and records of Sellers pertaining to the Business or the  
     Preliminary Closing Statements, including without limitation all work  
     papers of Sellers and their accountants and all pertinent accounting and  
     other records of Sellers, and shall provide all other information  
<PAGE> 
     pertaining to the Business or the Preliminary Closing Statements  
     reasonably requested by Buyer and its representatives.  The Latest  
     Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted  
     accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from  
     time to time applied on a basis - as to the substance of the principles  
     applied (including application of the last-in, first-out method of  
     inventory valuation), the manner of application and the estimation  
     techniques used - with the Annual Financial Statements (hereinafter  
     defined) ("U.S. GAAP").  The Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement  
     shall be prepared in accordance with (i) the Latest Balance Sheet and  
     (ii) the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, that solely  
     for purposes of determining the Estimated Cash Payment, the amount of  
     accounts payable and accrued expenses included in the Liabilities shall  
     be as set forth in Annex II to the Preliminary Closing Settlement  
     Statement.  The Preliminary Closing Statements shall be accompanied by  
     certificates signed by the chief executive officer and the chief  
     financial officer of each of Robbins and Searcy, respectively, stating  
     that the Preliminary Closing Statements have been prepared as described  
     in the immediately preceding two sentences. 
 
          (a)     Sellers and Buyer shall assist and cooperate with each other  
     and otherwise use their best efforts to obtain the Preliminary Closing  
     Settlement Statement.  Unless Buyer gives written notice of a Dispute  
     (hereinafter defined) to Sellers within ten (10) days after receipt by  
     Buyer of the Preliminary Closing Statements, the Preliminary Closing  
     Statements shall be deemed accepted by Buyer in the form in which  
     delivered by Sellers.  If Buyer does not agree with the amount of any of  
     the assets or liabilities set forth on the Latest Balance Sheet, or any  
     of the calculations set forth on the Preliminary Closing Settlement  
     Statement, written notice of its disagreement therewith (a "Dispute," as  
     further defined in Section 6.15) shall be given by Buyer to Sellers  
     within ten (10) days after receipt by Buyer of the Preliminary Closing  
     Statements, and Buyer and Sellers shall attempt to resolve such Dispute  
     and agree in writing upon the final content of the Preliminary Closing  
     Settlement Statement prior to the Closing Date.  If Sellers and Buyer are  
     unable to resolve any such Dispute within such time period, such Dispute  
     shall be resolved pursuant to Section 6.15. 
 
          (b)     As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the  
     meanings given to them below: 
 
                  ( )     "Liabilities" means (A) all obligations of Sellers  
          accruing from and after the Closing Date under the contracts and  
          agreements described on Schedule 1.1(g) (but only to the extent that  
          such liabilities and obligations arise from the operation of the  
          Assets or the Business after the Closing Date), and (B) accounts  
          payable, accrued expenses, product warranty and product liability  
          claims, and obligations for borrowed money (except obligations under  
          any bank credit agreement to which any Seller is a party), that are:  
          (1) listed on Schedule 1.5(c), as amended pursuant to Section  
          1.7(a), and reflected on the Final Closing Settlement Statement, (2)  
          not dischargeable or discharged in the ordinary course of the  
          Business prior to the Closing, (3) not excluded liabilities under  
          Section 1.10, and (4) properly classified under U.S. GAAP as  
          liabilities of the Business as of the Closing Date. 
 
                  (i)     "Net Book Value" means (i) the book value of the  
          Assets as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP and the terms of  
          this Agreement, net of all reserves and valuation allowances, less  
          (ii) the Liabilities. 
 
                  (ii)    "Payoff Indebtedness" means any of the Liabilities  
          that either (A) must be repaid upon consummation of the transactions  
          contemplated by this Agreement to prevent a default with respect  
          thereto or to release any Encumbrances securing payment thereof, or  
          (B) Buyer notifies Sellers, not less than five (5) business days  
          prior to the Closing Date, is to be repaid at the Closing. 
 
     5    Certain Closing Adjustments.  The Purchase Price, as reflected on 
the Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement and on the Final Closing 
Settlement Statement, shall be adjusted as necessary to reflect the proration 
of ad valorem taxes provided for in Section 6.18. 
 
<PAGE> 
     6    Final Price Adjustment.  The amount of any "Final Price Adjustment" 
shall be determined as follows: 
 
          ( )     Not later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date,  
     Buyer shall deliver to Sellers an unaudited balance sheet, prepared so as  
     to reflect the Assets and Liabilities as of the Closing (the "Closing  
     Balance Sheet"), together with a calculation of the final Purchase Price  
     pursuant to Section 1.2 and of whether a Final Price Adjustment is  
     payable pursuant to Section 1.7(c) (the "Final Closing Settlement  
     Statement", and together with the Closing Balance Sheet, the "Final  
     Closing Statements"), presented in the format set forth on Schedule  
     1.7(a).  The Final Closing Statements shall also include an amended  
     Schedule 1.5(c), revised to include a detailed listing of the accounts  
     payable and accrued expenses included in the Liabilities.  In connection  
     with Sellers' review of the Final Closing Statements, Buyer shall give  
     Sellers and their representatives full access to all personnel, books and  
     records pertaining to the Business, including without limitation all  
     corresponding work papers of Buyer and its accountants and all pertinent  
     accounting and other records of Buyer, and shall provide all other  
     information reasonably requested by Sellers.  The Closing Balance Sheet  
     shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The Final Closing  
     Settlement Statement shall be prepared in accordance with (i) the Closing  
     Balance Sheet and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement.  The Final  
     Closing Statements shall be prepared in accordance with the immediately  
     preceding two sentences. 
 
          (a)     Sellers and Buyer shall assist and cooperate with each other  
     and otherwise use their best efforts to obtain the Final Closing  
     Settlement Statement.  If Sellers do not give written notice of a Dispute  
     to Buyer within twenty (20) days after receipt by Sellers of the Final  
     Closing Statements, the Final Closing Statements shall be deemed accepted  
     by Sellers in the form in which delivered by Buyer.  If Sellers do not  
     agree with the amount of any of the assets or liabilities set forth on  
     the Closing Balance Sheet, or any of the calculations set forth on the  
     Final Closing Settlement Statement, written notice of their disagreement  
     therewith shall be given by Sellers to Buyer within twenty (20) days  
     after receipt by Sellers of the Final Closing Statements, and Buyer and  
     Sellers shall attempt to resolve such Dispute and agree in writing upon  
     the final content of the Final Closing Settlement Statement within twenty  
     (20) days after receipt by Buyer of such notice of a Dispute.  If Sellers  
     and Buyer are unable to resolve any such Dispute within such time period,  
     such Dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 6.15.  The Final  
     Closing Settlement Statement in the form delivered by Buyer to Sellers,  
     if Sellers do not give notice of a Dispute, or as adjusted by written  
     agreement of the parties or by the procedure specified in Section 6.15,  
     shall constitute the "Final Closing Settlement Statement" under this  
     Agreement. 
 
          (b)     The Final Price Adjustment, if any, shall be equal to the  
     difference between the Estimated Cash Payment and the final Cash Payment  
     (pursuant to Section 1.2 and Section 1.7(b)), and shall be: 
 
                  ( )     payable to Sellers, if the Estimated Cash Payment is  
          lower than the final Cash Payment; or 
 
                  (i)     payable to Buyers, if the Estimated Cash Payment is  
          higher than the final Cash Payment; and 
 
<PAGE> 
                  (ii)    in either case, payable within two (2) business days  
          after the date the Final Closing Settlement Statement is determined  
          pursuant to Section 1.7(b).  
 
     7    Allocation of Purchase Price Among Sellers; Seller Representative. 
 
          (a)  The portion of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the Net  
     Book Value of the Assets shall be allocated among Sellers based on the  
     respective Net Book Value of the Assets conveyed by each Seller, as  
     reflected on the Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement and the Final  
     Closing Settlement Statement, and the $39,000,000 payment provided for in  
     Section 1.2 shall be allocated as follows: $31,750,000 to Robbins and  
     $7,250,000 to Searcy.  Any Final Price Adjustment shall be allocated  
     among the Sellers based on the difference, if any, between the Net Book  
     Value of the Assets conveyed by each Seller as reflected on the  
     Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement and as reflected on the Final  
     Closing Settlement Statement. 
 
          (b)  Each of Robbins and Searcy, by its execution of this Agreement,  
     hereby designates and appoints James H. Stoehr, Jr. as its agent and  
     attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to serve as its  
     "Seller Representative" for purposes of this Agreement and to take all  
     actions required or permitted to be taken by Sellers, and to give and  
     receive all notices required to be given by or to Sellers, after the  
     Closing under the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  Any action  
     required or permitted to be taken by Sellers after the Closing, and any  
     notice required to be given by or to Sellers after the Closing, shall be  
     taken by or given by or to the Seller Representative, and any such action  
     taken by, or notice given by or to, the Seller Representative shall be  
     conclusively deemed to be validly taken or given in accordance with this  
     Agreement. 
 
     8    Allocation of Purchase Price Among Assets.  Sellers and Buyer will 
mutually determine the appropriate allocation of the Purchase Price among the 
Assets pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code, not less than sixty (60) days 
after Buyer's receipt of the Final Closing Settlement Statement.  If Buyer and 
Sellers are not able to mutually determine such allocation within such period, 
it shall be determined by binding arbitration pursuant to Section 6.15.  
Sellers and Buyer shall report the transactions contemplated hereby on all Tax 
Returns (including information returns and supplements thereto required to be 
filed by the parties under Section 1060 of the Code) in a manner consistent 
with such allocation. 
 
     9    Liabilities Not Assumed by Buyer.  Buyer shall not assume or take 
title to the Assets subject to, nor shall Triangle or Buyer in any way be 
liable or responsible for, any liabilities or obligations of Sellers (whether 
or not referred to in any Schedule or Exhibit hereto), except as specifically 
provided in Section 1.4, it being expressly acknowledged that it is the 
intention of the parties hereto that all liabilities and obligations that 
Sellers have or may have in the future (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, 
unliquidated, or otherwise, whether or not known to Sellers, and whether due 
or to become due), other than the Liabilities, shall be and remain the 
liabilities and obligations of Sellers.  Without limiting the generality of 
the foregoing, and except as specifically provided in Section 1.4, Buyer shall 
not assume or take title to the Assets subject to, or in any way be liable or 
responsible for: 
 
          ( )any liabilities or obligations of Sellers whether or not relating  
     to the Assets or the Business, and whether or not arising or asserted  
     prior to the Closing, 
 
<PAGE> 
          (a)     any liability or obligation of Sellers under any mortgage,  
     deed of trust, security agreement, or financing statement, or any note,  
     bond, or other instrument or obligation secured thereby, 
 
          (b)     any liability or obligation of Sellers existing at or  
     arising after the Closing Date under any leases, contracts, agreements,  
     or Permits included in the Assets that results from the material breach,  
     default, or wrongful action or inaction of Sellers prior to the close of  
     business on the Closing Date, 
 
          (c)     any liability or obligation of Sellers resulting from or  
     relating to the employment relationship between any Seller and any  
     Seller's present or former employees engaged in connection with the  
     ownership or operation of the Assets or the Business or the termination  
     of any such employment relationship, including without limitation  
     severance pay and other similar benefits, if any, and any claims filed on  
     or prior to the Closing Date or that may thereafter be filed by or on  
     behalf of any such present or former employee relating to the employment  
     or termination of employment of any such employee by a Seller, including  
     without limitation any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract,  
     unfair labor practice, employment discrimination, unemployment  
     compensation, or workers' compensation, 
 
          (d)     any liability or obligation of Sellers in respect of any  
     agreement, trust, plan, fund, or other arrangement under which benefits  
     or employment is provided for any Seller's present or former employees  
     engaged in connection with Sellers' ownership or operation of the Assets  
     or the Business, and 
 
          (e)     any liabilities or deficiencies for any Taxes, to the extent  
     applicable to periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the  
     Closing Date. 
 
For purposes of this Section 1.10, references to Sellers shall include 
predecessors in title. 
 
     10   Definitions. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not 
otherwise defined are defined in Article XIII of this Agreement. 
 
 
I. 
 
                                    CLOSING 
 
     0    Time and Place of Closing.  The consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby shall take place (i) at the offices of Thompson & Knight, 
P.C. at 10:00 a.m., local time, on March 28, 1997, or (ii) at such other time 
or place or on such other date as Buyer and Sellers shall agree (the 
"Closing").  The date on which the Closing is required to take place is herein 
referred to as the "Closing Date."  All Closing transactions shall be deemed 
to have occurred simultaneously when all the conditions set forth in Articles 
VII, VIII and IX have been satisfied. 
 
     1    Effectiveness.  The transactions contemplated by this Agreement 
shall all become effective as of the close of business on the Closing Date. 
 
<PAGE> 
 
II. 
 
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS 
 
 
     Sellers represent and warrant to Triangle and Buyer that: 
 
     0    Corporate Organization and Qualification.  Each of Robbins and 
Searcy is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing 
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all requisite 
corporate power and corporate authority to own, lease, and operate its 
properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  No actions or 
proceedings to dissolve either Searcy or Robbins are pending or to Sellers' 
knowledge, threatened.  Each of Robbins and Searcy is duly qualified or 
licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in 
each of the jurisdictions indicated on Schedule 3.1, which are all the 
jurisdictions in which the indicated entity owns, leases, or operates its 
properties or in which such qualification or licensing is required for the 
conduct of its business and the failure to so qualify or license would have a 
Material Adverse Effect. 
 
     1    Authority Relative to This Agreement.  Each of Searcy and Robbins 
has full corporate power and corporate authority to execute, deliver, and 
perform this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party and 
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The 
execution, delivery, and performance by each of Searcy and Robbins of this 
Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party, and the 
consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have 
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.  This Agreement has 
been duly executed and delivered by each of Searcy and Robbins and 
constitutes, and each Ancillary Document executed or to be executed by each of 
Searcy and Robbins has been, or when executed will be, duly executed and 
delivered by each of Searcy and Robbins and constitutes, or when executed and 
delivered will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of each of 
Searcy and Robbins, enforceable against each of Searcy and Robbins in 
accordance with its terms, except that such enforceability may be limited by 
(i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and similar 
laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (ii) equitable principles that 
may limit the availability of certain equitable remedies (such as specific 
performance) in certain instances and (iii) public policy considerations with 
respect to the enforceability of rights of indemnification. 
 
     2    Noncontravention.  The execution, delivery, and performance by 
Sellers of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which each is party 
and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby and 
thereby do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a violation of any 
provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Code of Regulations of or other 
governing instruments of Robbins or Searcy, (ii) conflict with or result in a 
violation of any provision of, or constitute (with or without the giving of 
notice or the passage of time or both) a material default under, or give rise 
(with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both) to any 
right of termination, cancellation, or acceleration under, or require any 
consent, approval, authorization, or waiver of, or notice to, any party to, 
any bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, agreement, or 
other instrument or obligation to which any Seller is a party or by which 
Sellers, or any of their respective properties, may be bound or any Permit 
<PAGE> 
held by Sellers, (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance 
upon the Assets, (iv) result in the loss of any material benefit to, or 
privilege or right of, the Business or otherwise attributable to any of the 
Assets, or (v) violate any Applicable Law binding upon Sellers, the Business 
or any of the Assets except, in the case of clause (ii) above, for (A) such 
consents, approvals, authorizations, and waivers that have been obtained and 
are unconditional and in full force and effect and such notices that have been 
duly given, and (B) such consents, approvals, authorizations, waivers, and 
notices disclosed on Schedule 3.3. 
 
     3    Governmental Approvals.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.4, no 
consent, approval, order, or authorization of, or declaration, filing, or 
registration with, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made 
by Sellers in connection with the execution, delivery, or performance by 
Sellers of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which any of them is 
a party or the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby or 
thereby. 
 
     4    Operation and Ownership of Business.  No Seller has any direct or 
indirect equity or ownership interest in any corporation, partnership, joint 
venture, or other entity that is or whose assets are involved or used, 
directly or indirectly, in the conduct of the Business, and the Business is 
conducted exclusively by Sellers.  No person who is an active employee of a 
Seller has greater than a three percent equity or ownership interest in any 
Seller except as indicated on Schedule 3.5.  The Assets constitute all the 
material assets used primarily in, or necessary to continue, the operation of 
the Business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice. 
 
     5    Title to Assets.  In the aggregate, Sellers are the owners of, and 
have good and marketable title to, all the Assets, free and clear of all 
Encumbrances other than the Permitted Encumbrances.  Upon Sellers' transfer of 
the Assets to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer will have good and 
marketable title to all the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances other 
than the Permitted Encumbrances.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.6, no 
financing statement (or other instrument sufficient or effective as a 
financing statement) under the Uniform Commercial Code with respect to any of 
the Assets has been filed and is effective in any jurisdiction, and no Seller 
has signed any such financing statement (or other instrument) or any mortgage 
or security agreement granting any mortgage or security interest in any of the 
Assets or authorizing any secured party thereunder to file any such mortgage 
or financing statement (or other instrument). 
 
     6    Financial Statements.  Sellers have delivered to Buyer accurate and 
complete copies of (i) the audited balance sheets as of October 31, 1992, 
1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the related audited statements of income, 
stockholders' equity and cash flows of Robbins and Searcy for each of the 
periods then ended, and the notes and schedules thereto, together with the 
unqualified reports thereon of Arthur Andersen, LLP, independent public 
accountants (the "Annual Financial Statements"), and (ii) the Latest Balance 
Sheet and the related unaudited, combined statements of income, stockholders' 
equity and cash flows of Robbins, Robbins International, Inc. and Searcy for 
the period then ended, reviewed by Arthur Andersen, LLP and certified by the 
chief financial officer and the chief executive officer of Robbins and Searcy, 
as appropriate (the "Interim Financial Statements") (the Annual Financial 
Statements and the Interim Financial Statements are collectively referred to 
as the "Financial Statements").  The Financial Statements (i) represent actual 
bona fide transactions, (ii) have been prepared from the books and records of 
Sellers in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a basis consistent (as to the 
substance of the principles applied, the manner of application and the 
estimation techniques used) with preceding years throughout the periods 
involved, and (iii) accurately, completely, and fairly present in all material 
<PAGE> 
respects the financial position of each of the Sellers and of the Business as 
of the respective dates thereof and their respective results of operations and 
cash flows for the periods then ended, except that the Interim Financial 
Statements are subject to normal year-end adjustments, which will not be 
material in the aggregate.  Other than as expressly set forth therein, the 
statements of income included in the Financial Statements do not contain any 
items of special or nonrecurring income, and the balance sheets included in 
the Financial Statements do not reflect any write-up or revaluation increasing 
the book value of any assets, nor have there been any transactions since 
November 1, 1994 giving rise to special or nonrecurring income or any such 
write-up or revaluation.  All financial projections, forecasts, and other 
forward-looking information provided by Sellers to Triangle or Buyer were, as 
of their respective dates, prepared in good faith and on a basis that 
management of Robbins and Searcy believed to be reasonable.  The Financial 
Statements include all liability, valuation and other reserves and allowances 
required by U.S. GAAP and by this Agreement, including without limitation, 
reserves for Environmental Liabilities, employee benefit obligations 
(including accrued vacation and sick leave) and product warranty and product 
liability claims, and all such reserves and allowances (collectively, 
"Reserves") are adequate. 
 
     7    Liabilities. 
 
          ( )     To their knowledge, Sellers have no material liabilities or  
     obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated, or  
     otherwise, whether or not known to Sellers, and whether due or to become  
     due), except (i) liabilities reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet, (ii)  
     liabilities described in the notes accompanying the Financial Statements,  
     (iii) liabilities that have arisen since the date of the Latest Balance  
     Sheet in the ordinary course of business (none of which is a liability  
     for breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, or infringement), (iv)  
     liabilities arising under executory contracts entered into in the  
     ordinary course of business (none of which is a liability for breach of  
     contract), and (v) liabilities specifically set forth on Schedule 3.8. 
 
          (a)     Sellers' liabilities and obligations (whether accrued,  
     absolute, contingent, unliquidated, or otherwise, whether or not known to  
     Sellers, and whether due or to become due) for product warranty and  
     product liability claims do not exceed the amount of Reserves therefor  
     reflected in the Financial Statements. 
 
     8    Absence of Certain Changes.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.9, 
since November 1, 1996, (i) to Sellers' knowledge, there has not been any 
material adverse change in, or any event or condition that might reasonably be 
expected to result in any material adverse change in, the business, assets, 
results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), or prospects of the 
Business or the ownership or operation of the Assets or any material portion 
thereof except for general industry conditions; (ii) the Business has been 
conducted only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice; (iii) 
Sellers have not, in respect of the Business, incurred any material liability, 
engaged in any material transaction, or entered into any material agreement 
outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (iv) 
none of the 10 largest customers (including distributors) of any Seller has 
discontinued or significantly reduced its purchases from the Company, nor has 
any such customer given any notice or other indication it anticipates doing 
so; (v) there has not occurred any material loss, damage, destruction, or 
other casualty to any of the Assets (whether or not covered by insurance); and 
(vi) no Seller has, in respect of the Business, taken any of the actions set 
forth in Section 5.2 except as permitted thereunder. 
 
<PAGE> 
     9    Tax Matters.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.10: 
 
          ( )     each of Robbins and Searcy has duly filed all Tax Returns  
     required to be filed by or with respect to it with the IRS or other  
     applicable authority, and no extensions with respect to such Tax Returns  
     have been requested or granted; 
 
          (a)     there are no Encumbrances with respect to Taxes (except for  
     liens with respect to real property Taxes not yet due) upon any of the  
     Assets; 
 
          (b)     Sellers have duly and timely withheld from salaries, wages,  
     and other compensation and paid over to the appropriate taxing  
     authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under  
     all Applicable Laws; and 
 
          (c)     Sellers have complied in all material respects with all  
     requirements of Applicable Law as necessary to qualify all industrial  
     revenue bond financing included in the Liabilities for tax-free treatment  
     and all such financing is so qualified. 
 
     10   Compliance With Laws.  Sellers have complied in all material 
respects with all Applicable Laws relating to the ownership or operation of 
the Assets or the operation of the Business (including without limitation 
Applicable Laws relating to securities, properties, business operations, 
products, manufacturing processes, advertising and sales practices, employment 
practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours, product 
safety, and civil rights), the failure to comply with which would result in a 
Material Adverse Effect.  No Seller has received any written notice, that has 
not been dismissed or otherwise disposed of, that a Seller has not so 
complied.  No Seller is charged with, or to the knowledge of Sellers 
threatened with or under investigation with respect to, any alleged violation 
of any Applicable Law relating to any aspect of the ownership of the Assets or 
operation of the Business. 
 
     11   Legal Proceedings.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12, there are 
no Proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Sellers threatened, against or 
involving Sellers (or any of Robbins' or Searcy's directors or officers) in 
connection with the Assets or the Business.  No judgment, order, writ, 
injunction, or decree of any Governmental Entity has been issued or entered 
against Sellers or any of their affiliates that continues to be in effect with 
respect to or affecting the Assets or the operation of the Business.   There 
are no Proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Sellers threatened, seeking 
to restrain, prohibit, or obtain damages or other relief in connection with 
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 
<PAGE> 
     12   Real Property. 
 
          ( )     Sellers own, or as of the Closing will own, and have good  
     and marketable title to all the Real Property, which is all the real  
     property owned or leased by Sellers and used or held for use in the  
     Business.  There are no persons (other than Sellers) in possession of any  
     portion of the Real Property as lessees, tenants at sufferance, or  
     trespassers, nor does any person (other than Sellers) have a lease,  
     tenancy, or other right of occupancy or use of any portion of the Real  
     Property, except as specified on Schedule 3.13.  Unless otherwise  
     disclosed on Schedule 3.13, any lease, tenancy, or other right of  
     occupancy or use disclosed on Schedule 3.13 may be terminated by Sellers  
     at any time upon giving not more than thirty (30) days written notice,  
     and, if directed by Buyer, Sellers shall give notice of termination at  
     the Closing.  The Real Property has full and free access to and from  
     public highways, streets, and roads, and Sellers have no knowledge of any  
     pending or threatened Proceeding that would limit or result in the  
     termination of such access.  To Sellers' knowledge, there exists no  
     Proceeding or court order, or building code provision, deed restriction,  
     or restrictive covenant (recorded or otherwise), or other private or  
     public limitation, that might in any way have a Material Adverse Effect  
     upon the continued use of the Real Property by Sellers in the manner it  
     is currently used. 
 
          (a)     All buildings, improvements, and fixtures situated on the  
     Real Property conform to all Applicable Laws, the failure of which would  
     have a Material Adverse Effect.  All the Real Property is zoned for the  
     various purposes for which such Real Property is being used, and there  
     exists no pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened Proceeding  
     that might adversely affect the validity of such zoning. 
 
          (b)     The Real Property is connected to and serviced by water,  
     sewage disposal, gas, telephone, and electric facilities that are  
     adequate for the current use of the Real Property and, to the knowledge  
     of Sellers, are in compliance with all Applicable Laws.  All public  
     utilities required for the operation of the Real Property enter the Real  
     Property through adjoining public streets or, if they pass through  
     adjoining private land, do so in accordance with valid public easements,  
     and all utility lines and mains located on the Real Property have been  
     properly dedicated to, and are serviced and maintained by, the  
     appropriate public or quasi-public entity. 
 
          (c)     Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13, (i) the buildings,  
     improvements, and fixtures situated on the Real Property are in operating  
     condition (excepting ordinary wear and tear), (ii) Sellers have performed  
     all maintenance thereon in the ordinary course consistent with past  
     practice, and (iii) to Sellers' knowledge, the buildings, improvements,  
     and fixtures situated on the Real Property are free of any latent or  
     patent structural defects. 
 
          (d)     Neither the whole nor any part of the Real Property is  
     subject to any pending Proceeding for condemnation or other taking by any  
     Governmental Entity, and, to the knowledge of Sellers, no such  
     condemnation or other taking is contemplated or threatened. 
 
          (e)     There are no delinquent Taxes, assessments, charges, debts,  
     liabilities, claims, or obligations arising from the construction,  
     occupancy, ownership, use, or operation of the Real Property, or the  
     buildings, improvements, or fixtures situated thereon, or the business  
<PAGE> 
     operated thereon, which could give rise to any mechanic's or  
     materialmen's or other statutory lien against the Real Property, or the  
     buildings, improvements, or fixtures situated thereon, or any part  
     thereof, or for which Buyer will be responsible. 
 
          (f)     Sellers have delivered to Buyer accurate and complete copies  
     of all title insurance policies, title reports, other title documents,  
     surveys, certificates of occupancy, and Permits in the possession of  
     Sellers relating to the Real Property or the buildings, improvements, or  
     fixtures situated thereon. 
 
          (g)     No Seller is a "foreign person" within the meaning of  
     Sections 1445 and 7701 of the Code. 
 
     13   Tangible Personal Property.  Set forth on Schedule 3.14 is a list, 
as of the most recent practicable date, of all furniture, equipment, 
machinery, computer hardware, materials, motor vehicles, rolling stock, 
apparatus, tools, implements, appliances, and other tangible personal property 
(other than spare parts, supplies, and inventories) owned or leased by Sellers 
and used or held for use in the Business. 
 
     14   Leased Property.  Set forth on Schedule 3.15 is a list of all leases 
(copies of which have been provided to Buyer) under which Sellers are lessees 
of real or personal property used or held for use in the Business.  Sellers 
have good and valid leasehold interests in all such properties held by them 
under lease.  Sellers have been in peaceable possession (or remedied any 
claims relating thereto) of the property covered by each such leases since the 
commencement of the original term of such lease.  No waiver, indulgence, or 
postponement of Sellers' obligations under any such lease has been granted by 
the lessor or of the lessor's obligations thereunder by Sellers.  No Seller is 
in breach of or in default under, and no event has occurred that (with or 
without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both) would constitute 
a default under, any of such leases, and Sellers have not received any notice 
from, or given any notice to, any lessor indicating that a Seller or such 
lessor is in breach of or in default under any of such leases.  To the 
knowledge of Sellers, none of the lessors under any of such leases is in 
breach thereof or in default thereunder.  Sellers have full right and power to 
occupy or possess, as the case may be, all the property covered by each such 
lease. 
 
     15   Inventory.  Other than as described in Schedule 3.16, all inventory 
(including raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods) included in the 
Assets is merchantable, or suitable and usable for the production or 
completion of merchantable products, for sale in the ordinary course of the 
Business.  Other than as described in Schedule 3.16, none of such inventory is 
obsolete, discontinued, returned, damaged, overage, or of below standard 
quality or merchantability, except for items that have been written down to 
realizable market value.  Each item of such inventory is reflected in Sellers' 
books and records, has been properly classified as to quality, and is valued 
in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied using the last-in, first-out 
method of inventory valuation.  Finished goods in such inventory conform to 
the applicable specifications of Sellers, including all applicable warranties, 
whether express or implied, given in connection with the sales of such goods 
and under Applicable Law, and are free from defects in design, workmanship, 
and material.  Sellers also maintain sufficient inventories of spare and 
replacement parts to meet any repair and replacement obligations in the 
ordinary course of the Business, under applicable warranties or otherwise. 
 
<PAGE> 
     16   Receivables.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, all receivables 
(including accounts and notes receivable, employee advances, and accrued 
interest receivables) of Sellers as reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet and 
the Receivables Schedules or arising since the respective dates thereof 
generated by the Business are valid obligations of the respective makers 
thereof, have arisen in the ordinary course of the Business, are not subject 
to any valid defenses, counterclaims, or set offs, and are collectible in full 
at their recorded amounts in the ordinary course of the Business without 
resort to litigation or other extraordinary collection efforts, net of all 
cash discounts and doubtful accounts as reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet 
and the Receivables Schedules (in the case of receivables so reflected) or on 
the books of Sellers included in the Assets (in the case of receivables 
arising since the date thereof).  The allowances for doubtful accounts 
reflected in the Latest Balance Sheet and on the books of Sellers were 
determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP and were and are reasonable in light 
of historical data and other relevant information. 
 
     17   Intellectual Property. 
 
          ( )     Set forth on Schedule 3.18 is a list of all patents, trade  
     secrets and trademarks included in the Intellectual Property used or held  
     for use in the Business.  Schedule 3.18 specifies, as applicable: (i) the  
     nature of such patents, trade secrets and trademarks; (ii) the owner of  
     such patents, trade secrets and trademarks; (iii) the jurisdictions by or  
     in which such patents, trade secrets and trademarks are recognized  
     without regard to registration or has been issued or registered or in  
     which an application for such issuance or registration has been filed,  
     including the respective registration or application numbers; and (iv)  
     all licenses, sublicenses, and other agreements to which Sellers are  
     parties and pursuant to which Sellers or any other person is authorized  
     to use such patents, trade secrets and trademarks, including the identity  
     of all parties thereto, a description of the nature and subject matter  
     thereof, the applicable royalty, and the term thereof. 
 
          (a)     The listed Intellectual Property constitutes all  
     Intellectual Property necessary for or, to Sellers' knowledge, otherwise  
     of value in connection with the operation of the Business as presently or  
     historically conducted.  Sellers have good and marketable title to or are  
     validly licensed (as disclosed in Schedule 3.18) to use all such  
     Intellectual Property.  To Sellers' knowledge, each item of such  
     Intellectual Property is in full force and effect, Sellers are in  
     compliance with all their obligations with respect thereto, and, to the  
     knowledge of Sellers, no event has occurred that permits, or upon the  
     giving of notice or the passage of time or otherwise would permit, the  
     revocation or termination of any thereof.  There are no Proceedings  
     pending, or to the knowledge of Sellers threatened, against Sellers  
     asserting that the use by Sellers of any of such Intellectual Property  
     infringes the rights of any other person or seeking revocation,  
     termination, or concurrent use of any of such Intellectual Property, and  
     there is, to the knowledge of Sellers, no basis for any such Proceeding.   
     To the knowledge of Sellers, none of such Intellectual Property is being  
     infringed upon by any other person.  None of such Intellectual Property  
     is subject to any outstanding judgment, order, writ, injunction, or  
     decree of any Governmental Entity, or any agreement, arrangement, or  
     understanding, written or oral, restricting the scope or use thereof.  To  
     the knowledge of Sellers, the conduct of the Business at any time prior  
     to the Closing Date did not infringe upon or otherwise misappropriate any  
     Intellectual Property of any other person. 
 
<PAGE> 
     18   Permits.  Set forth on Schedule 3.19 is a list of all Permits held 
by Sellers that relate to the Assets or the Business.  Such Permits constitute 
all the Permits necessary or required for the ownership and operation of the 
Assets and the conduct of the Business, the failure of which would have a 
Material Adverse Effect.  Each of such Permits is in full force and effect, 
Sellers are in material compliance with all their obligations with respect 
thereto, and, to the knowledge of Sellers, no event has occurred that permits, 
or with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would 
permit, the revocation or termination of any thereof.  Except as disclosed on 
Schedule 3.19, no notice has been issued by any Governmental Entity and no 
Proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened with respect 
to any alleged failure by Sellers to have any Permit or any alleged failure by 
Sellers to comply with any Permit. 
 
     19   Contracts and Agreements. 
 
          ( )  Set forth on Schedule 3.20 is a list of all the following  
     leases, contracts, agreements, practices, arrangements, and  
     understandings (written or oral, formal or informal) (collectively, for  
     purposes of this Section 3.20, "agreements") to which Sellers are parties  
     or by which Sellers are otherwise bound that relate to the Assets or the  
     Business: 
 
               ( )     collective bargaining agreements and similar agreements  
          with employees as a group; 
 
               (i)     employee benefit agreements, trusts, plans, funds, or  
          other arrangements of any nature, including those referred to in  
          Section 5.2(c)(i); 
 
               (ii)    agreements with any director, officer, employee,  
          consultant, or advisor of Sellers or any of their affiliates; 
 
               (iii)   agreements between or among Sellers and any of their  
          affiliates; 
 
               (iv)    indentures, mortgages, security agreements, notes, loan  
          or credit agreements, or other agreements relating to the borrowing  
          of money by Sellers or to the direct or indirect guarantee or  
          assumption by Sellers of any obligation of others, including any  
          agreement that has the economic effect, although not the legal form,  
          of any of the foregoing; 
 
               (v)     agreements relating to the acquisition or disposition  
          of assets (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of  
          business), including agreements relating to product returns by  
          customers; 
 
               (vi)    agreements with respect to the lease of real or  
          personal property; 
 
               (vii)   agreements concerning the management or operation of  
          any real property; 
 
               (viii)  broker, distributor, dealer, manufacturer's  
          representative, sales, agency, sales promotion, advertising, market  
          research, marketing, consulting, research and development,  
          maintenance, service, and repair agreements, except for any  
<PAGE> 
          maintenance, service or repair agreements which are terminable  
          without penalty on less than thirty (30) days notice or involve  
          payments of less than $1,000 per month; 
 
               (ix)    license, royalty, or other agreements relating to  
          Intellectual Property; 
 
               (x)     partnership, joint venture, and profit sharing  
          agreements; 
 
               (xi)    agreements with any Governmental Entity; 
 
               (xii)   agreements relating to the release or disposal of  
          hazardous material (as such term is defined in Section 3.22); 
 
               (xiii)  agreements in the nature of a settlement or a  
          conciliation agreement arising out of any claim asserted by any  
          other person; 
 
               (xiv)   agreements containing any covenant limiting the freedom  
          of Sellers to engage in any line of business or compete with any  
          other person in any geographic area or during any period of time;  
          and 
 
               (xv)    powers of attorney granted by Sellers in favor of any  
          person. 
 
          (a)  Sellers have delivered to Triangle or Buyer accurate and  
     complete copies of the agreements listed on Schedule 3.20.  Each of such  
     agreements is a valid and binding agreement of the Sellers who are  
     parties thereto and, to Sellers' knowledge, of the other party or parties  
     thereto, enforceable against Sellers and such other party or parties in  
     accordance with its terms except as such enforcement may be affected by  
     bankruptcy or equitable principles.  Sellers are not in breach of or in  
     default under, nor has any event occurred that (with or without the  
     giving of notice or the passage of time or both) would constitute a  
     default by Sellers under, any material provision of any of such  
     agreements, and Sellers have not received any notice from, or given any  
     notice to, any other party indicating that Sellers are in breach of or in  
     default under any of such agreements.  To the knowledge of Sellers, no  
     other party to any of such agreements is in breach of or in default under  
     such agreements, nor has any assertion been made by Sellers of any such  
     breach or default.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.20, each of such  
     agreements is freely and fully assignable to Buyer without penalty or  
     other adverse consequence. 
 
          (b)  Sellers have not received notice of any plan or intention of  
     any other party to any agreement to exercise any right of offset with  
     respect to, or any right to cancel or terminate, any agreement, and  
     Sellers do not know of any fact or circumstance that would justify the  
     exercise by any such other party of such a right other than the automatic  
     termination of such agreement in accordance with its terms.  Sellers do  
     not currently contemplate, or have reason to believe any other person  
     currently contemplates, any amendment or change to any agreement that  
     could have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 
<PAGE> 
     20   ERISA; Accrued Compensation. 
 
          ( )  Set forth on Schedule 3.21 is a list of all employee benefit  
     plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), that are maintained by or  
     contributed to by Sellers for employees who are employed in connection  
     with the Assets or the Business.  During the past five years, no Seller  
     and no affiliate of any Seller has made or been required to make  
     contributions to any "multiemployer plan", as defined in Section 3(37) of  
     ERISA.  Sellers and all the affiliates of Sellers have paid and  
     discharged promptly when due all liabilities and obligations arising  
     under ERISA or the Code of a character that if unpaid or unperformed  
     might result in the imposition of a lien against any of the Assets.  For  
     purposes of this Section 3.21 only, an "affiliate" of any person means  
     any other person that, together with such person, would be treated as a  
     single employer under Section 414 of the Code.  The only plans set forth  
     on Schedule 3.21 which individually or collectively would constitute an  
     "employee pension benefit plan" as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA are  
     identified as such on Section 3.21.  Such plans are referred to in this  
     Section as the "Pension Plans". 
 
          (a)  The Sellers have delivered to Triangle or Buyer or its  
     representatives accurate and complete copies of the Pension Plans as  
     currently in effect (and the related trust agreements) and all amendments  
     thereto, the most recent summary plan descriptions for such Plans, the  
     three most recent annual reports (form 5500 or 5500C/R including, if  
     applicable, Schedule B thereto) filed with the IRS for such Plans, and  
     the most recent favorable IRS determination letters for such Plans (the  
     dates of which are set forth in Schedule 3.21). 
 
          (b)  Except to the extent that amendments may be required to be  
     adopted as a result of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment  
     Rights Act of 1994 and the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the  
     Searcy Flooring, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan as amended and restated  
     effective as of March 1, 1989 (the "Profit Sharing Plan"), is a qualified  
     plan within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code as of the Closing  
     Date and for prior plan years for which the statute of limitations has  
     not expired (the "Open Period") and the trust forming a part thereof is  
     exempt from taxes pursuant to Section 501(a) of the Code for the Open  
     Period.  This representation does not extend to the qualifications of the  
     Profit Sharing Plan either with respect to amendments that may be adopted  
     by the Buyer subsequent to the Closing Date that may have an effective  
     date prior to the Closing Date or to the operations of the Profit Sharing  
     Plan subsequent to the Closing Data as such operations may impact the  
     qualification of the Profit Sharing Plan for current plan year.  With  
     respect to the Open Period, nothing done or omitted to be done and no  
     transaction or holding of any asset under or in connection with the  
     Searcy Flooring, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan through the Closing Date has or  
     will make Triangle or Buyer (or any affiliate thereof) or any director or  
     officer thereof subject to any liability under Title I of ERISA or liable  
     for on behalf of the Profit Sharing Plan, or by an participant therein,  
     alleging a breach or breaches of fiduciary duties or violations of ERISA  
     or the Code which could result in liability on the part of Triangle or  
     Buyer (or any affiliate thereof), its officers or directors or such  
     Profit Sharing Plan, under ERISA or the Code and, to the best knowledge  
     of Sellers, there is no basis for any such claim.  The Profit Sharing  
<PAGE> 
     Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with its terms and the  
     requirements presented by ERISA and the Code. 
 
          (c)  Except to the extent that amendments may be required to be  
     adopted as a result of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment  
     Rights Act of 1994 and the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the  
     Employees' Retirement Savings Plan as amended and restated effective as  
     of November 1, 1989, (the "401(k) Plan") is a qualified plan within the  
     meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code as of the Closing Date and prior  
     plan years for which the statute of limitations has not expired, and, as  
     such the plan assets being transferred (the "Transferred Assets") to the  
     similar plan being established by Buyer are being transferred from a  
     qualified plan.  There are not threatened or pending claims by or on  
     behalf of the Transferred Assets, or by any participant having an  
     interest in the Transferred Assets, alleging a breach or breaches of  
     fiduciary duties or violations of ERISA or the Code which could result in  
     liability on the part of Triangle or Buyer (or any affiliate thereof),  
     its officers or directors or such Transferred Assets under ERISA or the  
     Code and, to the best knowledge of the Sellers, there is no basis for  
     such claim. 
 
          (d)  Sellers have calculated and accrued all Compensation earned by  
     all Employees under all Employment Arrangements relating to any Employees  
     of the Business, including without limitation all plans and arrangements  
     identified on Schedules 3.20 and 3.21, for all periods through and  
     including the Closing Date (and for salaried Employees of Robbins,  
     through and including March 31, 1997), except for the accrued  
     Compensation under the Profit Sharing Plan for the period November 1,  
     1996 through the Closing Date, which shall be accrued in accordance with  
     Section 6.5(e).  All such Compensation has been calculated as required by  
     the terms of said plans and arrangements, or if not fixed by the existing  
     terms of the plans and arrangements, in a manner no less favorable to  
     participants therein than the manner in which such Compensation was  
     calculated during the fiscal year ended October 31, 1997.  All such  
     Compensation required to be paid prior to the Closing Date pursuant to  
     Section 6.5 has been paid in full. 
 
     21   Environmental Matters. 
 
          ( )  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.22: 
 
               ( )     to Sellers' knowledge, the Business and the Assets  
          currently comply with Applicable Environmental Laws (as defined  
          below); 
 
               (i)     the Business and the Assets are not subject to any  
          existing, pending, or to the knowledge of Sellers threatened,  
          Proceeding under, or to any remedial obligations under, any  
          Applicable Environmental Laws; 
 
               (ii)    all Permits, if any, required to be obtained by Sellers  
          under any Applicable Environmental Laws in connection with any  
          aspect of the Business, including without limitation those relating  
          to the treatment, storage, disposal, or release of a hazardous  
          material (as defined below), have been duly obtained and are in full  
          force and effect, and Sellers are in material compliance with the  
          terms and conditions of all such Permits; 
 
<PAGE> 
               (iii)   Sellers, with respect to the Business and the Assets,  
          have at all times materially satisfied all Applicable Environmental  
          Laws, and Sellers have not received any notice of noncompliance with  
          any Applicable Environmental Laws; 
 
               (iv)    to Sellers' knowledge, there are no physical or  
          environmental conditions existing on the Real Property or resulting  
          from Sellers' operations or activities, past or present, at any  
          location, that would give rise to any on-site (at the Real Property)  
          or off-site (from the Real Property) remedial obligations under any  
          Applicable Environmental Laws; 
 
               (v)     since the effective date of the relative requirements  
          of Applicable Environmental Laws, all hazardous materials generated  
          by Sellers in connection with the Business or the Assets have been  
          transported only by carriers authorized under Applicable  
          Environmental Laws to transport such materials, and have been  
          disposed of only at treatment, storage, and disposal facilities  
          authorized under Applicable Environmental Laws to treat, store, or  
          dispose of such materials, and, to the knowledge of Sellers, such  
          carriers and facilities have been and are operating in compliance  
          with such authorizations and are not the subject of any existing,  
          pending, or threatened Proceeding in connection with any Applicable  
          Environmental Laws; 
 
               (vi)    to Sellers' knowledge, there has been no exposure of  
          any person or property to hazardous materials in violation of  
          Applicable Environmental Laws , nor has there been any release of  
          hazardous materials into the environment in violation of Applicable  
          Environmental Laws, by Sellers in connection with the Business or  
          the Assets that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any  
          claim for damages or compensation; and 
 
               (vii)   Sellers have made available to Triangle or Buyer all  
          internal and external environmental audits and studies and all  
          correspondence on substantial environmental matters in the  
          possession of Sellers relating to the Business or the Assets;  
          provided, that any privileged portion of such correspondence may  
          have been redacted therefrom. 
 
          (a)  Irrespective of any other provision contained in this  
     Agreement, all representations and warranties made by Sellers in this  
     Agreement pertaining to hazardous materials, Applicable Environmental  
     Laws, and any other environmental, health or safety matters are set forth  
     solely in this Section 3.22. 
 
          (b)  For purposes of this Agreement: 
 
               ( )     "Applicable Environmental Laws" means any and all  
          Applicable Laws pertaining to health, safety, occupational safety,  
          or the environment currently in effect in any and all jurisdictions  
          in which Sellers have conducted the Business or owned or leased the  
          Assets, including, without limitation, the Clean Air Act, as  
          amended, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and  
          Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Rivers and Harbors Act of  
          1899, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as  
          amended, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended,  
<PAGE> 
          the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the  
          Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control  
          Act, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of  
          1986, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as  
          amended, any regulations promulgated under such laws and any state  
          law and other environmental conservation or protection laws; and 
 
               (i)     "hazardous material" means (A) any substance that is  
          now listed, defined, considered or classified as hazardous, toxic or  
          a solid waste pursuant to any Applicable Environmental Laws, (B)  
          petroleum (including crude oil and any fraction thereof), natural  
          gas, and natural gas liquids, (C) asbestos and asbestos containing  
          materials, in any form, whether friable or non-friable, and (D)  
          radon gas. 
 
     22   Labor Relations. 
 
          ( )  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.23, with respect to the  
     Business at the plants operated on the Real Property, (i) there are no  
     collective bargaining agreements, labor union contracts or similar  
     agreements applicable to any employee to or by which a Seller is a party  
     or is bound, no such agreement or contract has been requested by any  
     employee or group of employees of any Seller, and no discussions have  
     occurred with respect thereto by the management of either Robbins or  
     Searcy with any such employee; (ii) no employee of any Seller is  
     represented by any labor organization, collective bargaining  
     representative, or group of employees; (iii) no labor organization,  
     collective bargaining representative, or group of employees claims to  
     represent a majority of the employees of any Seller in an appropriate  
     unit of a Seller; (iv) no Seller is aware of or involved with any  
     representational campaign or other organizing activities by any union or  
     other organization or group seeking to become the collective bargaining  
     representative of any of the employees of any Seller; (v) no Seller is  
     obligated to bargain collectively with respect to wages, hours, and other  
     terms and conditions of employment with any recognized or certified labor  
     organization, collective bargaining representative, or group of employees  
     representing employees of any Seller; and (vi) no Seller is aware of any  
     strike, work stoppage, work slowdown, or lockout or any threat thereof,  
     except for routine grievance matters, by or with respect to any employee  
     of any Seller, and since November 1, 1994, there has been no significant  
     labor dispute, strike, work stoppage, work slowdown, lockout, or similar  
     matter involving any of the employees of any Seller. 
 
          (a)  With respect to the employees engaged in the Business, Sellers  
     are in compliance with all Applicable Laws pertaining to employment and  
     employment practices and wages, hours, and other terms and conditions of  
     employment in respect of their employees and have no accrued liability  
     for any arrears of wages or any Taxes or penalties for failure to comply  
     with any thereof.  With respect to the employees engaged in the Business,  
     no Seller is engaged in any unfair labor practice or unlawful employment  
     practice.  There is no pending, or to the knowledge of Sellers  
     threatened, Proceeding against or involving Sellers by or before, and  
     Sellers are not subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or  
     decree of or inquiry from, the National Labor Relations Board, the Equal  
     Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other  
     Governmental Entity in connection with any current, former, or  
     prospective employee of any Seller. 
 
<PAGE> 
          (b)  Sellers, to their knowledge, believe that their respective  
     relations with the employees of the Business are satisfactory. 
 
     23   Customers and Suppliers.  Set forth on Schedule 3.24 is a list of 
(i) the names of, and the dollar volume and percentage of products or services 
purchased by Sellers from, each Seller's 10 largest suppliers of products and 
services with respect to the Business (in terms of purchases) during each of 
the fiscal years ended October 31, 1995 and October 31, 1996, (ii) the dollar 
volume and percentage of sales by Sellers to each Seller's 25 largest 
customers of products and services with respect to the Business (in terms of 
sales) during each of such periods.  Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.24, 
(i) none of such current customers or suppliers has refused, or communicated 
that it will or may refuse, to purchase or supply products or services from or 
to Sellers or has communicated that it will or may substantially reduce the 
amount of products or services that it is willing to purchase from or supply 
to Sellers, (ii) no Seller is past due (in accordance with the stated invoice 
terms) with respect to any amounts owed to any of the suppliers listed or 
required to be listed on Schedule 3.24, and (iii) there has not been any 
material adverse change in the business relationship of any Seller with any 
customer or supplier listed or required to be listed on Schedule 3.24. 
 
     24   Insurance.  Sellers maintain with sound and reputable insurers, and 
there are currently in full force and effect, policies of insurance with 
respect to the Assets and the Business against such casualties and 
contingencies of such types and in such amounts as are customary for 
corporations of similar size engaged in similar lines of business.  All 
premiums due and payable with respect to such policies have been timely paid.  
No notice of cancellation of, or indication of an intention not to renew, any 
such policy has been received by any Seller. 
 
     25   Books and Records.  All the books and records of Sellers relating to 
the Assets or the Business, including all personnel files, employee data, and 
other materials relating to employees of the Business, are substantially 
complete and correct, have been maintained in accordance with good business 
practice and all Applicable Laws, and, in the case of the books of account, 
have been prepared and maintained in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles consistently applied.  Such books and records accurately 
and fairly reflect, in reasonable detail, all transactions, revenues, 
expenses, assets, and liabilities of Sellers with respect to the Business. 
 
     26   Brokerage Fees.  Sellers and their affiliates have not retained any 
financial advisor, broker, agent, or finder or paid or agreed to pay any 
financial advisor, broker, agent, or finder on account of this Agreement or 
any transaction contemplated hereby.  Sellers shall indemnify and hold 
harmless Triangle and Buyer from and against any and all losses, claims, 
damages, and liabilities (including legal and other expenses reasonably 
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any claims or actions) 
with respect to any finder's fee, brokerage commission, or similar payment in 
connection with any transaction contemplated hereby asserted by any person on 
the basis of any act or statement made or alleged to have been made by Sellers 
or any of their affiliates. 
 
     27   Insider Interests.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.28, no Insider 
(hereinafter defined) is presently directly, or to the knowledge of Sellers 
indirectly, a party to any transaction or agreement with any Seller, 
including, without limitation, any agreement, arrangement, or understanding, 
written or oral, providing for the employment of, furnishing of services by, 
rental of real or personal property from, use of real or personal property by, 
or requiring payments to, any Insider.  As used herein, "Insider" means any 
<PAGE> 
shareholder, director, officer, or management employee of any Seller or any 
former owner of an interest in either Robbins or Searcy.  To the knowledge of 
Sellers, no director, officer, or management employee of any Seller owns any 
interest in, or serves as a director, officer, or management employee of, any 
customer, supplier, or competitor of Sellers (other than an interest in a 
public corporation that does not exceed one percent (1%) of its outstanding 
securities). 
 
     28   Disclosure.  No representation or warranty made by any Seller in 
this Agreement, and no statement of any Seller contained in any document, 
certificate, or other writing furnished or to be furnished by Sellers pursuant 
hereto or in connection herewith, contains or will contain, at the time of 
delivery, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit, at 
the time of delivery, to state any material fact necessary in order to make 
the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which 
they are made, not misleading, the statement or omission of which will have a 
Material Adverse Effect. 
 
     29   Representations and Warranties on Closing Date.  The representations 
and warranties made in this Article III will be true and correct on and as of 
the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if such representations and 
warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date, except that any such 
representations and warranties that expressly relate only to an earlier date 
shall be true and correct on the Closing Date as of such earlier date. 
 
 
III. 
 
              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TRIANGLE AND BUYER 
 
     Triangle and Buyer each represents and warrants to Sellers that: 
 
     0    Corporate Organization.  Each of Triangle and Buyer is a corporation 
duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the 
jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and 
corporate authority to own, lease, and operate its properties and to carry on 
its business as now being conducted. 
 
     1    Authority Relative to This Agreement.  Each of Triangle and Buyer 
has full corporate power and corporate authority to execute, deliver, and 
perform this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party and 
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The 
execution, delivery, and performance by each of Triangle and Buyer of this 
Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party, and the 
consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have 
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of each of Triangle and 
Buyer.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Triangle and 
Buyer and constitutes, and each Ancillary Document executed or to be executed 
by Triangle or Buyer has been, or when executed will be, duly executed and 
delivered by Triangle or Buyer and constitutes, or when executed and delivered 
will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of Triangle or Buyer, 
enforceable against Triangle or Buyer in accordance with its respective terms, 
except that such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, 
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and similar laws affecting creditors' 
rights generally and (ii) equitable principles that may limit the availability 
<PAGE> 
of certain equitable remedies (such as specific performance) in certain 
instances and (iii) public policy considerations with respect to the 
enforceability of rights of indemnification. 
 
     2    Noncontravention.  The execution, delivery, and performance by each 
of Triangle and Buyer of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which 
it is a party and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated 
hereby and thereby do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a 
violation of any provision of the charter or bylaws of Triangle or Buyer, (ii) 
conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of, or constitute 
(with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both) a 
default under, or give rise (with or without the giving of notice or the 
passage of time or both) to any right of termination, cancellation, or 
acceleration under, or require any consent, approval, authorization, or waiver 
of any party to, any bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture, lease, 
contract, agreement, or other instrument or obligation to which either 
Triangle or Buyer is a party or by which either Triangle or Buyer or any of 
its properties may be bound or any Permit held by either Triangle or Buyer, 
(iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance upon the 
properties of either Triangle or Buyer, or (iv) violate any Applicable Law 
binding upon either Triangle or Buyer. 
 
     3    Governmental Approvals.  No consent, approval, order, or 
authorization of, or declaration, filing, or registration with, any 
Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by either Triangle or 
Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery, or performance by either 
Triangle or Buyer of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is 
a party or the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby or 
thereby, other than (i) compliance with any applicable requirements of the 
Exchange Act; (ii) filings with Governmental Entities to occur in the ordinary 
course following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and 
(iii) such consents, approvals, orders, or authorizations that, if not 
obtained, and such declarations, filings, or registrations that, if not made, 
would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on 
the business, assets, results of operations, condition (financial or 
otherwise), or prospects of Triangle and its subsidiaries considered as a 
whole or on the ability of either Triangle or Buyer to consummate the 
transactions contemplated hereby. 
 
     4    Legal Proceedings.  There are no Proceedings pending, or to the 
knowledge of either Triangle or Buyer threatened, seeking to restrain, 
prohibit, or obtain damages or other relief in connection with this Agreement 
or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 
     5    Brokerage Fees.  Neither Triangle nor any of its affiliates has 
retained any financial advisor, broker, agent, or finder or paid or agreed to 
pay any financial advisor, broker, agent, or finder on account of this 
Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.  Triangle shall indemnify 
and hold harmless Sellers from and against any and all losses, claims, 
damages, and liabilities (including legal and other expenses reasonably 
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any claims or actions) 
with respect to any finder's fee, brokerage commission, or similar payment in 
connection with any transaction contemplated hereby asserted by any person on 
the basis of any act or statement made or alleged to have been made by 
Triangle or any of its affiliates. 
 
     6    Disclosure.  No representation or warranty made by either Triangle 
or Buyer in this Agreement, and no statement of either Triangle or Buyer 
contained in any document, certificate, or other writing furnished or to be 
furnished by either Triangle or Buyer pursuant hereto or in connection 
herewith, contains or will contain, at the time of delivery, any untrue  
<PAGE> 
statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, at the time of delivery, 
to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained 
therein, in the light of the circumstances under that they are made, not 
misleading. 
 
     7    Representations and Warranties on Closing Date.  The representations 
and warranties made in this Article IV will be true and correct on and as of 
the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if such representations and 
warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date, except that any such 
representations and warranties that expressly relate only to an earlier date 
shall be true and correct on the Closing Date as of such earlier date. 
 
 
IV. 
 
                      CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING CLOSING 
 
     Sellers hereby covenant and agree with Triangle and Buyer as follows: 
 
     0    Conduct and Preservation of Business.  Except as expressly provided 
in this Agreement, during the period from the date hereof to the Closing, 
Sellers (i) shall conduct the Business only in the ordinary course consistent 
with past practice and in compliance with this Agreement and all Applicable 
Laws; (ii) shall use their reasonable efforts consistent with past practice to 
preserve, maintain, and protect the Assets; and (iii) shall use their 
reasonable efforts consistent with past practice to preserve intact the 
business organization of the Business, to keep available the services of the 
employees conducting the Business, and to maintain existing relationships with 
suppliers, contractors, distributors, customers, and others having business 
relationships with the Business. 
 
     1    Restrictions on Certain Actions.  Without limiting the generality of 
the foregoing, and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, 
prior to the Closing, Sellers shall not, without the prior written consent of 
Buyer: 
 
          ( )  create, incur, guarantee, or assume any liability or obligation  
     in respect of the Business, except current liabilities incurred in the  
     ordinary course of the Business, to the extent necessary to preserve and  
     maintain the Business consistent with past practice; 
 
          (a)  mortgage or pledge any of the Assets or create or suffer to  
     exist any Encumbrance thereupon, other than those existing in connection  
     with the Permitted Encumbrances; 
 
          (b)  (i) enter into, adopt, or (except as may be required by law)  
     amend or terminate any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, severance,  
     termination, stock option, stock purchase, pension, retirement, deferred  
     compensation, employment, collective bargaining, severance, or other  
     employee benefit agreement, trust, plan, fund, or other arrangement for  
     the benefit or welfare of any employee of the Business; (ii) increase in  
     any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any employee of the  
     Business other than in the ordinary course of business, consistent with  
     prior practice; or (iii) pay to any employee of the Business any benefit  
     not required by any employee benefit agreement, trust, plan, fund, or  
     other arrangement as in effect on the date hereof; 
 
<PAGE> 
          (c)  sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, directly or  
     indirectly, any of the Assets, other than in the ordinary course of the  
     Business consistent with past practice; 
 
          (d)  make any capital expenditure or expenditures relating to the  
     Business that are not in the ordinary course of business or that in the  
     aggregate are in excess of $500,000; 
 
          (e)  pay, discharge, or satisfy any claims, liabilities, or  
     obligations relating to the Business (whether accrued, absolute,  
     contingent, unliquidated, or otherwise, and whether asserted or  
     unasserted), including without limitation any loans or other amounts  
     payable to shareholders or affiliates, other than the payment, discharge,  
     or satisfaction in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with  
     past practice, or in accordance with their terms, of liabilities  
     reflected or reserved against in the Latest Balance Sheet or incurred  
     since the date thereof in the ordinary course of the Business consistent  
     with past practice; 
 
          (f)  enter into, or amend, modify, or change, any lease, contract,  
     agreement, commitment, arrangement, or transaction relating to the  
     Business, except in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with  
     past practice; 
 
          (g)  delay payment of any account payable or other liability of  
     Sellers relating to the Business beyond its due date or the date when  
     such liability would have been paid in the ordinary course of the  
     Business consistent with past practice; 
 
          (h)  allow the levels of raw materials, work-in-process, finished  
     goods, supplies, and other materials included in the inventory of the  
     Business to vary in any material respect from the levels customarily  
     maintained by Sellers in the ordinary course of the Business consistent  
     with past practice; 
 
          (i)  permit any current insurance or reinsurance policies to be  
     cancelled or terminated or any of the coverages thereunder to lapse if  
     such policy covers Assets or insures risks, contingencies, or liabilities  
     of the Business, unless simultaneously with such cancellation,  
     termination, or lapse, replacement policies providing coverage equal to  
     or greater than the coverage cancelled, terminated, or lapsed are in full  
     force and effect and written copies thereof have been provided to  
     Triangle or Buyer; 
 
          (j)  authorize, declare, pay, or effect any dividend or liquidating  
     or other distribution in respect of its capital stock (other than in cash  
     for (i) payment of tax liabilities for tax periods ending prior to the  
     Closing resulting from the subchapter S corporation status of a Seller)  
     or (ii) payment of any obligations under any shareholder agreements or  
     any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any  
     of such stock (other than under any shareholder agreements); 
 
          (k)  deliberately take any action that would make any of the  
     representations or warranties of any Seller contained in this Agreement  
     untrue or inaccurate as of any time from the date of this Agreement to  
     the Closing or would or might result in any of the conditions set forth  
     in this Agreement not being satisfied; 
 
<PAGE> 
          (l)  enter into or amend any contract, agreement, or other  
     commitment that would have a Material Adverse Effect; or 
 
          (m)  authorize or propose, or agree in writing or otherwise to take,  
     any of the actions described in this Section 5.2. 
 
 
V. 
 
                              ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 
 
     0    Access to Information; Confidentiality. 
 
          ( )  Between the date hereof and the Closing, Sellers shall, and  
     shall cause Robbins International, Inc. to, (i) give Buyer and its  
     authorized representatives reasonable access to all employees, all  
     plants, offices, warehouses, and other facilities, and all books and  
     records, including work papers and other materials prepared by Sellers'  
     accountants, of Sellers and Robbins International relating to the Assets,  
     the Liabilities or the Business, (ii) permit Buyer and its authorized  
     representatives to make such inspections as they may reasonably require,  
     with respect to the Business or the Assets, and (iii) furnish Buyer and  
     its authorized representatives with such financial and operating data and  
     other information with respect to the Assets, the Liabilities and the  
     Business as Buyer may from time to time reasonably request; provided,  
     however, that no investigation pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall affect  
     any  representation or warranty of Sellers contained in this Agreement or  
     in any agreement, instrument, or document delivered pursuant hereto or in  
     connection herewith; provided further, that, any such representation or  
     warranty shall be modified or waived by such investigation to the extent  
     Buyer obtains actual knowledge in the course thereof that Sellers are in  
     violation or default under any such representation or warranty, and Buyer  
     does not immediately bring such violation or default to the attention of  
     Sellers and provide reasonable time for the cure thereof by Sellers. 
 
          (a)  Sellers acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would  
     occur in the event any confidential information regarding the Assets or  
     the Business is disclosed to or utilized on behalf of any person that is  
     in competition with the Business.  Accordingly, Sellers covenant and  
     agree that they will not, and that they will cause their affiliates not  
     to, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Buyer,  
     use or disclose any of such confidential information, except in the  
     normal course of operations of the Business or to authorized  
     representatives of Buyer; provided, however, that confidential  
     information shall not be deemed to include information that (i) was or  
     becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of  
     disclosure by Sellers or their affiliates or (ii) becomes available to  
     Sellers after the Closing on a nonconfidential basis from a source other  
     than Buyer, provided that such source is not known by Sellers to be bound  
     by a confidentiality agreement with respect to such confidential  
     information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph,  
     Sellers and their affiliates may disclose any confidential information to  
     the extent that, in the written opinion of counsel for Sellers, such  
     person is legally compelled to do so, provided that, prior to making such  
     disclosure, such person advises and consults with Buyer regarding such  
     disclosure and provided further that such person discloses only that  
     portion of such confidential information as is legally required.  Buyer  
     acknowledges and agrees that the Confidentiality Agreement dated December  
<PAGE> 
     20, 1996 between Triangle and Sellers shall remain in effect as provided  
     therein. 
 
     1    Acquisition Proposals.  From and after the date of this Agreement 
until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, neither 
Sellers nor any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent, or 
representative of Sellers shall, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, 
initiate, or knowingly encourage any Acquisition Proposal (as defined below) 
or (ii) engage in discussions or negotiations with, or disclose any nonpublic 
information relating to the Assets or the Business to, any person that is 
considering making or has made an Acquisition Proposal.  Sellers shall 
immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing activities, 
discussions, or negotiations with any persons conducted heretofore with 
respect to any Acquisition Proposal and shall promptly request each such 
person who has heretofore entered into a confidentiality agreement in 
connection with an Acquisition Proposal to return to Sellers all confidential 
information heretofore furnished to such person by or on behalf of Sellers.  
The term "Acquisition Proposal", as used in this Section 6.2, means any offer 
or proposal for, or any indication of interest in, the acquisition of the 
Assets or the Business or any portion thereof, other than the transactions 
contemplated or expressly permitted by this Agreement, by virtue of a merger, 
sale of assets or stock, or other acquisition of any of the stock of Robbins 
or Searcy or the assets of any of Sellers' residential flooring operations. 
 
     2    Third Party Consents.  Each of the Sellers and Buyer shall use their 
reasonable best efforts to obtain all consents, approvals, orders, 
authorizations, and waivers of, and to effect all declarations, filings, and 
registrations with, all third parties (including Governmental Entities) that 
are necessary, required, or deemed by Buyer to be desirable to enable Sellers 
to transfer the Assets to Buyer as contemplated by this Agreement and to 
otherwise consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  All costs and 
expenses of obtaining or effecting any and all of the consents, approvals, 
orders, authorizations, waivers, declarations, filings, and registrations 
referred to in this Section 6.3 shall be borne by the party incurring the 
same. 
 
     3    Reasonable Best Efforts.  Each party hereto agrees that it will not 
voluntarily undertake any course of action inconsistent with the provisions or 
intent of this Agreement and will use its reasonable best efforts to take, or 
cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things 
reasonably necessary, proper, or advisable under Applicable Laws to consummate 
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Sellers shall cooperate with 
and assist Buyer and its authorized representatives in order to provide an 
efficient and orderly transfer of the control and management of the Assets and 
the Business to Buyer, to permit Buyer to assume the Liabilities without any 
changes in their repayment terms and conditions, and to avoid any undue 
interruption in the ongoing operations of the Assets and the Business 
following the Closing.  Sellers agree to take all necessary and reasonable 
action pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. - 26-52-207 and other Applicable Law so that 
Buyer will be issued all permits necessary to continue to conduct the 
Business. 
 
<PAGE> 
     4    Employee and Employee Benefit Plan Matters. 
 
          ( )  Sellers shall terminate the employment of all employees of the  
     Business effective as of the close of business on the Closing Date.   
     Buyer contemplates offering employment, effective the day after the  
     Closing Date, to substantially all of such employees upon such terms and  
     conditions as Buyer, in its sole discretion, determines.  At Buyer's  
     request, Sellers have not issued any notice required, if any is required,  
     by the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. 2101,  
     et seq., or any state statute requiring notice to terminated or laid off  
     employees ("WARN"), whether such notice is required to be given before or  
     after the Closing Date.  Buyer agrees to and does hereby indemnify and  
     hold Sellers harmless from any damages, claims, fees, penalties, costs,  
     liabilities, compensation or any payments whatsoever required by WARN or  
     any state statute requiring notice to terminated or laid off employees  
     (collectively, the "WARN Compensation"), Sellers having refrained from  
     issuing said notice at the request of Buyer.  Sellers acknowledge and  
     agree that they, and not Buyer, are and shall remain solely responsible  
     for payment of any and all wages, salary, compensation, commission,  
     bonuses, severance pay, insurance, supplement, pension, deferred  
     compensation, retirement and any other benefits, premiums and claims, and  
     all federal, state and local withholding, social security and other Taxes  
     and governmental levies in connection therewith, other than the WARN  
     Compensation (collectively, "Compensation"), due, to become due,  
     committed, earned, accrued or otherwise promised to any person  
     (collectively, "earned") who, as of the Closing Date, is a retiree,  
     former employee, or current employee of any Seller (collectively,  
     "Employees") relating to the period prior to and including the Closing  
     Date, including without limitation all Compensation earned under the  
     plans and arrangements identified on Schedules 3.20 and 3.21, and with  
     respect to salaried Employees of Robbins, all Compensation relating to  
     the period through and including March 31, 1997, excepting only all  
     accrued vacation, sick pay, hourly wages (for March 27 and 28, 1997 for  
     Searcy Employees), and Profit Sharing Plan contributions (for the plan  
     year commencing November 1, 1996) included in the Liabilities.  Sellers  
     shall pay all such Compensation earned by all Employees as follows:   
 
               ( )     for hourly Employees of Robbins, all Compensation  
          earned through March 21, 1997 shall be paid on March 27, 1997, and  
          all unpaid Compensation earned through March 28, 1997 shall be paid  
          on or before April 4, 1997; 
 
               (i)     for salaried Employees of Robbins, all Compensation  
          earned through March 31, 1997 shall be paid on March 27, 1997; and 
 
               (ii)    for all Employees of Searcy, all Compensation earned  
          through March 26, 1997 shall be paid on or before March 27, 1997,  
          and all unpaid Compensation earned through March 28, 1997 shall be  
          paid on or before March 27, 1997; provided, that unpaid hourly wages  
          earned (and related Taxes) for March 27 and 28, 1997 may be accrued  
          on or before March 27 but not paid. 
 
          (a)  Other than as provided in Section 6.5(g) and in the proviso at  
     the end of this sentence, Buyer is not hereby, and at no time hereafter  
     will be, adopting, accepting, or assuming any employee benefit plan or  
<PAGE> 
     collective bargaining agreement of any Seller relating to any Seller's  
     employees or any other agreement, trust, plan, fund, or other arrangement  
     of Sellers that provides for employee benefits or perquisites  
     (collectively, "Employment Arrangements"), and Buyer shall have no  
     liability or obligation whatsoever under any Employment Arrangement to  
     Sellers or to any employees of Sellers, whether or not any of such  
     employees are offered employment by or become employees of Buyer;  
     provided, however, that Buyer shall credit such employees who do become  
     Buyer's employees for all accrued vacation and sick pay included in the  
     Liabilities.  Buyer is not obligated to replace any of the Employment  
     Arrangements for any employees of Sellers who become employees of Buyer,  
     nor is Buyer obligated to provide such persons with any similar  
     agreements, plans, or arrangements. 
 
          (b)  Sellers will comply after the Closing Date with the  
     requirements of Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA and Section 4980B of  
     the Code with respect to any employee or former employee of Sellers (and  
     any dependent or former dependent thereof) whose employment with Sellers  
     terminates in connection with or prior to Buyer's purchase of the Assets. 
     It is the express intention of the parties hereto that to the extent  
     necessary for Sellers to meet their obligations under this Section  
     6.5(c), Sellers shall cause one of their affiliates that maintains a  
     group health plan after the Closing Date to extend group health plan  
     coverage that complies with such requirements to any employee or former  
     employee of Sellers (and any dependent or former dependent thereof) whose  
     employment with Sellers terminates in connection with or prior to Buyer's  
     purchase of the Assets. 
 
          (c)  All employer contributions to the Employees' Retirement Savings  
     Plan (the "401(k) Plan") and the Searcy Flooring, Inc. Profit Sharing  
     Plan (the "Profit Sharing Plan") for employees of the Business for the  
     plan year ending October 31, 1996, shall be accrued and paid by Sellers  
     on or before the Closing Date.  To the extent the amount of contributions  
     required to be accrued and paid by this Section 6.5(d) for either the  
     401(k) Plan or the Profit Sharing Plan is not fixed by the existing terms  
     of said Plan, the amount of contributions accrued and paid for said Plan  
     shall be calculated in a manner no less favorable to participants of said  
     Plan than the manner in which was calculated the amount of the  
     contributions made to said Plan for its plan year ending October 31,  
     1995. 
 
          (d)  To the extent employer contributions for employees of the  
     Business are not made on or before the Closing Date to the 401(k) Plan  
     and the Profit Sharing Plan for the plan year commencing November 1,  
     1996, Sellers agree to accrue such contributions on their books in the  
     amounts required by the terms of said Plans, but only for the period of  
     time from November 1, 1996 through the Closing Date for the Profit  
     Sharing Plan and from November 1, 1996 through March 31, 1997 for the  
     401(k) Plan, (i) with respect to the 401(k) Plan, on or before the  
     Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to the Profit Sharing Plan, on or  
     before the date the Final Closing Statements are required to be delivered  
     pursuant to Section 1.7(a).  To the extent the amount of contributions  
     required to be accrued by this Section 6.5(e) for either the 401(k) Plan  
     or the Profit Sharing Plan is not fixed by the existing terms of said  
     Plan, the amount of contributions accrued for said Plan shall be  
     calculated in a manner no less favorable to participants of said Plan  
     than the manner in which was calculated the amount of the contributions  
     made to said Plan for its plan year ending October 31, 1995.  On or  
     before April 15, 1997, Robbins shall remit all employee contributions and  
     pay all accrued employer contributions payable by it to the 401(k) plan  
<PAGE> 
     for the period through the close of business on March 31, 1997,  
     determined as if participants employed by Robbins on the Closing Date are  
     employed by Robbins on March 31, provided that such contributions for the  
     period March 22 through March 31, 1997 shall be paid by May 15, 1997. 
 
          (e)  Certain salaried and hourly employees of the Sellers currently  
     participate in the 401(k) Plan.  Prior to the Closing Date, Buyer agrees  
     to take all action as may be necessary or appropriate to cause to be  
     established a similar plan and related trust.  Sellers agree to take all  
     such action as may be necessary or appropriate to cause the trustee of  
     the trust for the 401(k) Plan to effect an in kind transfer to the new  
     trust of the assets making up the accounts of and equal in value to the  
     account balances for those employees of the Business participating in the  
     401(k) Plan as of the close of business on the Closing Date who are  
     employed by Buyer on the first business day following the Closing Date  
     (including any earnings for periods through the close of business on the  
     Closing Date and contributions and loan repayments deducted from payrolls  
     issued on or before the Closing Date, but not yet credited as of the  
     close of business on the Closing Date), with such transfer to be effected  
     as soon as administratively practicable after the Closing Date, but in no  
     event later than 60 days after the Closing Date.  Sellers agree to make  
     available to Buyer the new plan all such data and other information as  
     may be necessary or appropriate for Buyer to properly maintain and  
     administer the new plan on and after the Closing Date.  Buyer agrees to  
     cause to be provided to the transferring trustee appropriate receipts and  
     accounting for the assets transferred to such trustee as may be  
     reasonably requested by such trustee.  Buyer agrees to file a timely  
     application for a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service  
     to evidence that the new plan qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Code. 
 
          (f)  Certain hourly employees of the Sellers currently participate  
     in the Profit Sharing Plan.  Buyer and Sellers agree to take all such  
     action as may be necessary or appropriate to cause Buyer (or an affiliate  
     thereof) to assume the Profit Sharing Plan and be substituted for Searcy  
     Flooring, Inc., including being named as the sponsoring employer,  
     effective as of the Closing Date.  Sellers agree to make available to the  
     new sponsoring employer for the Profit Sharing Plan all such data and  
     other information as may be necessary or appropriate for such employer to  
     properly maintain and administer the Profit Sharing Plan on and after the  
     Closing Date.  Sellers agree to prepare and file timely the IRS Form 5500  
     series return required for the Profit Sharing Plan for its plan year  
     ending October 31, 1996 and to provide a copy of the same to Buyer.   
     Buyer agrees to prepare and file timely the IRS Form 5500 series return  
     required for the Profit Sharing Plan for its plan year commencing  
     November 1, 1996 and to provide a copy of the same to Sellers.  Sellers  
     agree to cause to be filed timely an IRS Form 1099-R (or any successor  
     form) reporting every distribution made from the Profit Sharing Plan  
     during 1997 and on or before the Closing Date, and Buyer agrees to cause  
     to be filed timely an IRS Form 1099-R (or any successor form) reporting  
      every distribution made from the Profit Sharing Plan during 1997 and  
     after the Closing Date. 
 
          (g)  Sellers shall pay all claims incurred on or before the Closing  
     Date under the medical plan covering employees of the Robbins Southern  
     Division, as and when those claims become due and payable. 
 
          (h)  The provisions of Section 11.1 to the contrary notwithstanding,  
     the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in Section  
     3.21 shall survive the Closing, regardless of any investigation made by  
<PAGE> 
     or on behalf of Triangle or Buyer, until the expiration of the limitation  
     period under the applicable statute of limitations.  Sellers, jointly and  
     severally, shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Triangle and Buyer,  
     each director, officer, employee, representative or agent of Triangle and  
     Buyer, and each affiliate thereof, and their respective heirs, legal  
     representatives, successors, and assigns (collectively, the "Buyer  
     Group") from and against any and all claims, actions, causes of action,  
     demands, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments,  
     settlements, penalties, costs, and expenses (including reasonable  
     attorneys' fees and expenses), of any nature whatsoever, whether actual  
     or consequential, asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any  
     member of the Buyer Group, directly or indirectly, by reason of or  
     resulting from any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty  
     of any Seller contained in Section 3.21 or in any certificate,  
     instrument, or document delivered pursuant thereto. 
 
     5    Title Insurance and Surveys. 
 
          ( )  Buyer shall obtain an owner's policy of title insurance ("Title  
     Insurance") in a form and amount and from a title insurance company  
     reasonably acceptable to Buyer (the "Title Company") relating to each  
     parcel of Real Property described on Schedule 1.1(a). 
 
          (a)  Within three (3) days after the execution and delivery of this  
     Agreement, Buyer shall obtain a commitment for Title Insurance from the  
     Title Company with respect to the Real Property ("Title Binders") showing  
     fee title to such Real Property in Sellers, and committing to issue the  
     Title Insurance with respect to such Real Property, such Title Binders to  
     show all Encumbrances with respect to such Real Property. 
 
          (b)  Within three (3) days after the execution and delivery of this  
     Agreement, Buyer shall obtain currently dated surveys (the "Surveys") of  
     each parcel of Real Property, each of which Surveys shall be in form and  
     substance, and prepared by a licensed professional engineer or surveyor,  
     reasonably acceptable to Buyer and to the Title Company.  The Surveys  
     shall contain a statement on the face thereof certifying whether any part  
     of the Real Property lies within a flood plain or flood prone area or a  
     flood way of any body of water.  The Surveys shall also show the zoning  
     classifications of the Real Property under local zoning ordinances. 
 
          (c)  Within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Title Binders and  
     copies of all exceptions shown therein and of the Surveys and copies of  
     all applicable provisions of the local zoning ordinances, Buyer shall  
     deliver to Sellers a notice (the "Objection Notice") if it reasonably  
     believes that Seller's title to any Real Property is not as represented  
     herein or that any of the Encumbrances reflected in the Title Binders or  
     Surveys are not Permitted Encumbrances and the reasons for such belief  
     (any such Encumbrances specified in the Objection Notice being referred  
     to herein as "Unacceptable Encumbrances").  Sellers may, but shall not be  
     obligated to, take such steps as shall be necessary to eliminate or  
     modify the Unacceptable Encumbrances in a manner reasonably acceptable to  
     Buyer.  Sellers shall notify Buyer within ten (10) days after their  
<PAGE> 
     receipt of the Objection Notice whether they intend to so eliminate or  
     modify the Unacceptable Encumbrances.  In the event Buyer shall not  
     deliver an Objection Notice within such time period, all Encumbrances  
     reflected in the Title Binders and Surveys shall be deemed to be  
     Permitted Encumbrances.  Any and all matters disclosed in the Title  
     Binders or the Surveys as to which Buyer objects by timely delivery of  
     the Objection Notice that are thereafter cured to the satisfaction of  
     Buyer or waived by Buyer in writing shall also be deemed to be Permitted  
     Encumbrances.  In the event Sellers fail or are unable to cure the  
     Unacceptable Encumbrances prior to the Closing Date (provided it is at  
     least three (3) days after receipt of the Objection Notice), Buyer shall,  
     in its discretion, have the right to terminate this Agreement by notice  
     in writing to Sellers, or may accept such title to the Real Property as  
     Seller can deliver. 
 
          (d)  The cost of obtaining Title Binders, Title Insurance, and  
     Surveys shall be borne by Buyer. 
 
     6    Payment of Liabilities.  Sellers shall pay, perform, and discharge 
prior to the Closing all of Sellers' liabilities that become due prior to the 
Closing and all of Sellers' liabilities that are due after the Closing, other 
than the Liabilities, as and when the same become due and payable. 
 
     7    Public Announcements.  Except as may be required by Applicable Law 
or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., neither Triangle, 
Buyer nor Sellers shall issue any press release or otherwise make any public 
statement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated 
hereby without the prior consent of the other party (which consent shall not 
be unreasonably withheld).  Any such press release or public statement 
required by Applicable Law or by the National Association of Securities 
Dealers, Inc. shall only be made after reasonable notice to the other party. 
 
     8    Environmental Provisions. 
 
          (a)  Buyer shall have the opportunity to have the Real Property  
     inspected for environmental matters by a qualified consultant of its  
     choosing pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 8.14 of this Agreement.  The cost  
     of any and all such inspections of the property shall be borne solely by  
     Buyer.  Buyer shall provide a copy of any report of any such inspections  
     to Sellers within five days of Sellers' request therefore, but such  
     report, if any, shall be provided to Sellers only in the event Sellers  
     make such request. 
 
          (b)  In addition, Sellers shall promptly after the execution of this  
     Agreement, provide to Buyer, on a confidential basis, copies of any  
     reports of environmental investigations of the Real Property authorized  
     by or available to Sellers (the "Environmental Reports").  Buyer agrees  
     and acknowledges that Sellers make no representations or warranties  
     regarding the accuracy or completeness of the Environmental Reports. 
 
          (c)  If Buyer notifies the Sellers prior to the Closing Date that  
     the results of its inspection of the Real Property or its review of the  
     Environmental Reports are not acceptable to Buyer, then this Agreement  
     shall be terminated and Buyer shall return all copies of the  
     Environmental Reports to Sellers, and Sellers shall return all copies of  
     inspection reports to Buyer. 
 
<PAGE> 
          (d)  Buyer and Sellers agree to ensure the confidentiality of the  
     Environmental Reports and the results of Buyer's inspection in accordance  
     with Section 6.1 above.  Buyer and Sellers shall defend, hold harmless  
     and indemnify each other from, for and against any and all claims,  
     damages, liabilities and costs, known or unknown (including without  
     limitation, cleanup cost, consulting and legal fees) (hereinafter,  
     collectively "Losses") proximately caused by their breach of their  
     obligations pursuant to the above confidentiality provision. 
 
          (e)  In the event Buyer determines in its sole discretion that the  
     results of its review of the Environmental Reports and of its inspection  
     of the Real Property are satisfactory and closes the transactions  
     contemplated hereunder, each of Triangle and Buyer, on behalf of itself,  
     its successors and assigns, agrees to release, discharge and covenant not  
     to sue Sellers and each of their respective officers, directors,  
     employees, agents, shareholders, successors and assigns and all persons  
     referenced in Sections 9.3 and 9.4 from those Losses proximately caused  
     by past, present or future presence of hazardous material on, in or under  
     the Real Property including, without limitation, Losses arising under the  
     Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, as  
     amended, 42 USC   9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery    
Act, as amended, 42 USC - 6901 et seq. regulations and other Applicable      
Environmental Laws, but excluding any Losses or portions of Losses  
     involving the presence of hazardous materials on, in or under any  
     property other than the Real Property.  By way of example and not by  
     limitation, claims relating to Losses arising from hazardous material on,  
     in or under the Real Property on or before the time of Closing that moves  
     to adjacent property are not released. 
 
     9    Notice of Litigation.  Until the Closing, (i) Buyer, upon learning 
of the same, shall promptly notify Sellers of any Proceeding that is commenced 
or threatened against Buyer and that affects this Agreement or the 
transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) Sellers, upon learning of the same, 
shall promptly notify Buyer of any Proceeding that is commenced or threatened 
against Sellers and that affects this Agreement or the transactions 
contemplated hereby and any Proceeding that is commenced or threatened against 
Sellers and that would have been listed on Schedule 3.12 if such Proceeding 
had arisen prior to the date hereof. 
 
     10   Notification of Certain Matters.  Sellers upon learning of same, 
shall give prompt notice to Buyer of (i) the occurrence or nonoccurrence of 
any event the occurrence or nonoccurrence of which would be likely to cause 
any representation or warranty contained in Article III to be untrue or 
inaccurate in any material respect at or prior to the Closing and (ii) any 
material failure of Sellers to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition, 
or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by such person hereunder, and 
(iii) any notice or other communication from any person alleging that the 
consent or approval of such person is or may be required in connection with 
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than those consents and 
approvals indicated as required on Schedule 3.3).  Buyer shall give prompt 
notice to Sellers of (i) the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event the 
occurrence or nonoccurrence of which would be likely to cause any 
representation or warranty contained in Article IV to be untrue or inaccurate 
in any material respect at or prior to the Closing and (ii) any material 
failure of Buyer to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition, or 
agreement to be complied with or satisfied by such person hereunder.  The 
delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall not be deemed to 
(i) modify the representations or warranties hereunder of the party delivering 
such notice, (ii) modify the conditions set forth in Articles VII, VIII and 
IX, or (iii) limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the  
<PAGE> 
party receiving such notice; provided, however, that if the Closing shall 
occur, then all matters disclosed pursuant to this Section 6.11 at or prior to 
the Closing shall be waived and no party shall be entitled to make a claim 
thereon pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 
 
     11   Amendment of Schedules.  Each party hereto agrees that, with respect 
to the representations and warranties of such party contained in this 
Agreement, such party shall have the continuing obligation until the Closing 
to supplement or amend promptly the Schedules hereto with respect to any 
matter hereafter arising or discovered that, if existing or known at the date 
of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in 
the Schedules.  For all purposes of this Agreement, including without 
limitation for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth in 
Sections 7.1 and 8.1 have been fulfilled, the Schedules hereto shall be deemed 
to include only that information contained therein on the date of this 
Agreement and shall be deemed to exclude all information contained in any 
supplement or amendment thereto; provided, however, that if the Closing shall 
occur, then all matters disclosed pursuant to any such supplement or amendment 
at or prior to the Closing shall be waived and no party shall be entitled to 
make a claim thereon pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 
 
     12   Fees and Expenses.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this 
Agreement, all fees and expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, 
financial advisors, and accountants, incurred in connection with this 
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party 
incurring such fee or expense, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred; 
provided, however, that if this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant 
to Section 10.1 as a result of the willful breach by a party of any of its 
representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements set forth in this 
Agreement, such breaching party shall pay the costs and expenses of the other 
parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 
     13   Survival of Covenants.  Except for any covenant or agreement that by 
its terms expressly terminates as of a specific date, the covenants and 
agreements of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement shall survive the 
Closing without contractual limitation. 
 
     14   Dispute Resolution.  If any dispute or disagreement arises between 
Buyer and Sellers under this Agreement, including without limitation any 
disagreement under Section 1.5(b) or Section 1.7(b) (any such dispute or 
disagreement being referred to as a "Dispute"), and Buyer and Sellers are 
unable to resolve such Dispute within the time period prescribed elsewhere in 
this Agreement (or if no such time period is prescribed, within thirty (30) 
days after the date written notice of the Dispute is given by Buyer or 
Sellers), an arbitrator agreed upon by Buyer and Sellers (the "Arbitrator") 
shall be employed hereunder to settle such Dispute as soon as practicable.  In 
the event that the parties are unable to agree upon the appointment of such an 
arbitrator within five (5) business days, then each of Buyer and Sellers shall 
within three (3) calendar days appoint an independent arbitrator, which 
independent arbitrators shall agree within three (3) business days on the 
appointment of a third independent arbitrator to whom the Dispute shall be 
submitted.  Buyer and Sellers shall submit the Dispute to the Arbitrator 
within three (3) business days of its appointment and shall cooperate with 
each other and otherwise use their reasonable best efforts to cause the 
Arbitrator to make its decision within sixty (60) days after referral of a 
Dispute to it.  The Arbitrator shall have access to all documents and 
facilities necessary to perform its function as arbitrator.  The Arbitrator's  
<PAGE> 
determination with respect to any Dispute shall be final and binding upon the 
parties hereto.  The non-prevailing party as determined by the Arbitrator 
shall pay all of the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator for such services. 
 
     15   Preparation of Closing Balance Sheet. 
 
          ( )  For purposes of preparing the Closing Balance Sheet, the  
     inventory acquired by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (the "Inventory")  
     shall be valued in accordance with the following procedures: 
 
               ( )  Physical Count.  Not more than seven (7) days after the  
          Closing Date, a physical count of the Inventory shall be conducted  
          by Sellers and Buyer and a schedule thereof (an "Inventory  
          Schedule") prepared by Sellers and verified by representatives of  
          Buyer. 
 
               (i)  Valuation.  Each item of the Inventory, other than  
          Excluded Inventory Items (hereinafter defined), shall be priced in  
          accordance with Section 3.16 of this Agreement.  Such price shall be  
          multiplied by the physical count for each item and the total sum  
          thus determined for all items of the entire Inventory, after being  
          reduced by (A) the total amount of payments received and accounts  
          receivable recorded by Sellers in respect of sales of Inventory  
          listed on the Inventory Schedule(s), and (B) any Reserves determined  
          in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied, shall constitute  
          the "Inventory Value" of the Inventory for purposes of this  
          Agreement. 
 
               (ii) Excluded Inventory Items.  In making such physical count  
          and determining the Inventory Value, the following items of the  
          Inventory shall be excluded or adequately reserved for (the  
          "Excluded Inventory Items"): 
 
                    ( )  All items which are damaged or otherwise defective; 
 
                    (A)  All items which are discontinued or obsolete or which  
               are no longer listed in Sellers' catalogues or are otherwise  
               not currently being manufactured; 
 
                    (B)  Any items listed on Schedule 1.1(c)(ii)  
               (collectively, the "Retained Inventory"); 
 
                    (C)  All items which are not owned by Sellers but instead,  
               are held on consignment from third parties; and 
 
                    (D)  All items in which any third party has any security  
               or other interest that is not released at or prior to the  
               Closing. 
 
          (a)  For purposes of preparing the Closing Balance Sheet, the  
     accounts receivable acquired by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (the  
     "Receivables") shall be valued in accordance with the following  
     procedures: 
<PAGE> 
 
               ( )  Preparation of Receivables Schedules.  Each Seller shall  
          deliver to Buyer together with the Latest Balance Sheet, a schedule  
          of its Receivables, each of which shall be separately identified and  
          properly accrued on its books as of the close of business on the  
          date of the Latest Balance Sheet.  Such schedules are referred to  
          herein as the "Receivables Schedules".  The Receivables Schedules  
          shall be certified as complete and correct by the principal  
          executive and financial officers of each Seller.  Each Receivables  
          Schedule shall set forth the respective dates as of which each of  
          the Receivables identified therein was accrued on the books of the  
          Seller, the total amount and number of each of the invoices to which  
          such Receivable relates, the total amount paid through the date of  
          the Receivables Schedule with respect to each of such invoices, the  
          total amounts remaining to be paid under each of such invoices, the  
          total amount of customer credits and uncollected service charges  
          existing with respect to the customer owing such Receivable, and the  
          total amount of any reserve or allowance accrued on the Seller's  
          books with respect to such Receivable.  On or before the delivery to  
          Buyer of its Receivables Schedule, each Seller shall have invoiced  
          each of the customers owing a Receivable for the respective amounts  
          owing by such customers as of the date of the Receivables Schedule. 
 
               (i)  Valuation.  The Receivables shall be priced based on the  
          total value of the Receivables as shown on the Receivables  
          Schedules, and such value shall constitute the "Receivables Value"  
          of the Receivables for purposes of this Agreement, subject to  
          adjustment as provided in the next two sentences.  The Receivables  
          Value shall be reduced by the amount of (i) all payments of  
          Receivables made by customers prior to the Closing, and (ii) all  
          valuation and other reserves and allowances required by U.S. GAAP  
          consistently applied with the Annual Financial Statements.  The  
          Receivables Value shall be increased by the value of all Receivables  
          arising between the date of the Receivable Schedules and the  
          Closing, as reflected on supplemental Receivables Schedules prepared  
          in accordance with this Section 6.16 and delivered at the Closing or  
          within seven (7) days thereafter. 
 
     16   Access to Records After Closing. 
 
          ( )  For a period of five (5) years from and after the Closing Date,  
     Sellers and their representatives shall have reasonable access to inspect  
     and copy all books and records relating to the Assets, the Liabilities or  
     the Business transferred to Buyer hereunder to the extent that such  
<PAGE> 
     access may reasonably be required by Sellers in connection with matters  
     relating to or affected by the operation of the Assets or the Business  
     prior to the Closing Date.  Such access shall be afforded by Buyer upon  
     receipt of reasonable advance notice and during normal business hours.   
     If Buyer shall desire to dispose of any of such books and records prior  
     to the expiration of such five (5) year period, Buyer shall, prior to  
     such disposition, give Sellers a reasonable opportunity, at Sellers'  
     expense, to segregate and remove such books and records as Sellers may  
     select.  Sellers shall be solely responsible for any costs or expenses  
     incurred by it pursuant to this Section 6.17. 
 
          (a)  For a period of five (5) years from and after the Closing Date,  
     Buyer and its representatives shall have reasonable access to inspect and  
     copy all books and records relating to the Assets, the Liabilities or the  
     Business that Sellers or any of their affiliates may retain after the  
     Closing Date.  Such access shall be afforded by Sellers and their  
     affiliates upon receipt of reasonable advance notice and during normal  
     business hours.  If Sellers or any of their affiliates shall desire to  
     dispose of any of such books and records prior to the expiration of such  
     five (5) year period, Sellers shall, prior to such disposition, give  
     Buyer a reasonable opportunity, at Buyer's expense, to segregate and  
     remove such books and records as Buyer may select.  Buyer shall be solely  
     responsible for any costs and expenses incurred by it pursuant to this  
     Section 6.17. 
 
     17   Taxes; Other Charges.  All sales, use and gross receipts Taxes 
resulting from the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall 
be borne by Sellers and the parties shall cooperate in obtaining all 
exemptions from such Taxes.  All other excise, registration, transfer, 
recording, and deed and stamp Taxes and fees incurred in connection with the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne by 
Sellers.  Sellers shall file all necessary documentation with respect to, and 
make all payments of, such Taxes and fees on a timely basis.  All ad valorem 
or similar Taxes attributable to the Assets for the 1997 calendar year shall 
be pro-rated between Buyer and Sellers on a daily basis, and the Purchase 
Price shall be adjusted to reflect such proration. 
 
     18   Escrow; Liquidated Damages.  Triangle has deposited $500,000 with an 
escrow agent mutually agreeable to Triangle and Sellers.  Such amount 
(together with any earnings thereon) will be credited to the Estimated Cash 
Payment and paid to Sellers at the Closing.  If Triangle properly terminates 
this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof due to the breach or default by 
Sellers, then such $500,000 (together with any earnings thereon) shall be 
promptly released to Triangle; otherwise, such $500,000 (together with any 
earnings thereon) shall be released to Sellers as liquidated damages. 
 
 
VI. 
 
                        CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS 
 
     The obligations of Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by 
this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or waiver by Sellers on or 
prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions: 
 
     0    Representations and Warranties True.  All the representations and 
warranties of Triangle and Buyer contained in this Agreement, and in any 
agreement, instrument, or document delivered pursuant hereto or in connection 
herewith on or prior to the Closing Date, shall be true and correct as of the 
date made and (having been deemed to have been made again on and as of the 
Closing Date in the same language) shall be true and correct on and as of the 
Closing Date. 
 
     1    Covenants and Agreements Performed.  Triangle and Buyer shall have 
performed and complied with all covenants and agreements required by this 
Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing 
Date. 
 
     2    Certificate.  Sellers shall have received a certificate executed on 
behalf of each of Triangle and Buyer by the chief executive and chief 
financial officers of each of Triangle and Buyer, dated the Closing Date, 
representing and certifying, in such detail as Sellers may reasonably request, 
that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 have been fulfilled. 
 
<PAGE> 
     3    Opinion of Counsel to Buyer.  Sellers shall have received an opinion 
of Thompson & Knight, P.C., legal counsel to Triangle and Buyer, dated the 
Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 7.4. 
 
     4    Legal Proceedings.  No Proceeding shall, on the Closing Date, be 
pending or threatened seeking to restrain, prohibit, or obtain damages or 
other relief in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the 
transactions contemplated hereby. 
 
     5    Approval of Counsel to Seller.  All legal matters in connection with 
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and all agreements, 
instruments, and documents delivered in connection therewith shall be 
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Graydon, Head & Ritchey, 
legal counsel to Sellers. 
 
 
VII. 
 
           CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF TRIANGLE AND BUYER 
 
     The obligations of Triangle and Buyer to consummate the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or waiver 
by Triangle and Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following 
conditions: 
 
     0    Representations and Warranties True.  All the representations and 
warranties of Sellers contained in this Agreement, and in any agreement, 
instrument, or document delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith on 
or prior to the Closing Date, shall be true and correct as of the date made 
and (having been deemed to have been made again on and as of the Closing Date 
in the same language) shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date. 
 
     1    Covenants and Agreements Performed.  Sellers shall have performed 
and complied with all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to 
be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date. 
 
     2    Certificate.  Buyer shall have received certificates executed on 
behalf of Robbins and Searcy by the chief executive officer of each company 
and by Mr. Stoehr as Seller Representative, each dated the Closing Date, 
representing and certifying, in such detail as Buyer may reasonably request, 
that the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 have been fulfilled. 
 
     3    Preliminary Closing Statements.  Buyer shall have received the 
Preliminary Closing Statements required by Section 1.3, prepared and delivered 
in accordance with the requirements thereof. 
 
     4    Payoff Letters.  Buyer shall have received from each creditor to 
whom any Payoff Indebtedness is owing a writing setting forth the exact 
amount, including principal, interest and any other amount, of all Payoff 
Indebtedness owed by Sellers to such creditor as of the Closing Date. 
 
<PAGE> 
     5    Opinion of Counsel to Seller.  Triangle and Buyer shall have 
received an opinion of Graydon, Head & Ritchey, legal counsel to Sellers, 
dated the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 8.6. 
 
     6    Legal Proceedings.  No Proceeding shall, on the Closing Date, be 
pending or threatened seeking to restrain, prohibit, or obtain damages or 
other relief in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the 
transactions contemplated hereby. 
 
     7    No Material Adverse Change.  Since November 1, 1996 there shall not 
have been any material adverse change in the business, assets, results of 
operations, condition (financial or otherwise), or prospects of the Business 
or the ownership or operation of the Assets or any material portion thereof. 
 
     8    Noncompetition Agreements.  Sellers, their affiliates (including 
without limitation Robbins International, Inc.), and all holders of voting 
stock of Robbins and Searcy (other than any shareholder who is neither an 
active employee of or who owns less than three percent (3%) of the outstanding 
equity of either company) shall have each entered into a Noncompetition 
Agreement with Triangle and Buyer in the form of Exhibit 8.9. 
 
     9    Data Processing Agreement.  Buyer and Sellers shall have entered 
into a Data Processing Agreement in the form of Exhibit 8.10. 
 
     10   International Distribution Agreement.  Buyer shall have entered into 
a satisfactory agreement with Robbins International, Inc. or Mr. Charles 
Gabbour to continue international sales and marketing efforts on behalf of the 
Business. 
 
     11   Unacceptable Encumbrances; Title Insurance. 
 
          ( )  Buyer shall not have delivered to Sellers within the time  
     period specified in Section 6.6 an Objection Notice describing an  
     Unacceptable Encumbrance, or if it has so delivered an Objection Notice  
     describing an Unacceptable Encumbrance, such Unacceptable Encumbrance  
     shall have been eliminated or modified to the reasonable satisfaction of  
     Buyer or waived by Buyer. 
 
          (a)  Buyer shall have received the Title Insurance described in  
     Section 6.6. 
 
     12   Due Diligence.  The due diligence conducted by Triangle, Buyer and 
their representatives in connection with the proposed transactions 
contemplated hereby shall not have caused Triangle, Buyer or their 
representatives to become aware that any representation or warranty of Sellers 
of this Agreement is not true and correct. 
 
     13   Environmental Matters.  Buyer shall have received from an 
independent firm selected by it a report confirming that all environmental 
assessments and testing requested by Buyer, which shall be paid for by Buyer, 
have been completed, and the results thereof shall be satisfactory to Buyer. 
 
<PAGE> 
     14   Other Documents.  Buyer shall have received the certificates, 
instruments, and documents listed below, all of which shall be in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer: 
 
          ( )  Special warranty deeds in recordable and locally customary form  
     describing the Real Property and all appurtenances, easements, rights of  
     way and uses that benefit the Real Property and sufficient to transfer to  
     Buyer good and marketable title to the Real Property, subject only to the  
     Permitted Encumbrances. 
 
          (a)  Bills of sale, certificates of title and other instruments of  
     assignment, transfer, and conveyance sufficient to transfer to Buyer and  
     effectively vest in Buyer all right, title, and interest of Seller in and  
     to the Business and good and marketable title to the Assets, subject only  
     to the Permitted Encumbrances. 
 
          (b)  Executed copies of all consents and approvals of third parties  
     required to be obtained by or on the part of Sellers for the consummation  
     of the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 
          (c)  A tax clearance letter, certificate or receipt from the State  
     of Arkansas, dated not more than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date,  
     stating that no amount of Tax, penalty or interest is due by Sellers  
     under the Arkansas Tax laws or showing that all such amounts have been  
     paid. 
 
          (d)  Lien search reports showing that, except those relating to  
     Payoff Indebtedness and Permitted Encumbrances, no financing statements  
     or other liens (or notices with respect to liens) affecting any of the  
     Assets naming Sellers (by corporate or fictitious name or otherwise), any  
     of their subsidiaries, affiliates, or predecessors, or the Business as  
     debtor are on file in the Uniform Commercial Code or other relevant  
     records of the office of the Secretary of State of Arkansas or the county  
     clerk's office of any county in which any of the Real Property is  
     located. 
 
          (e)  Releases of all liens, except those relating to Permitted  
     Encumbrances, affecting any of the Assets. 
 
          (f)  All certificates of occupancy, if any, relating to the use or  
     operation of the Real Property. 
 
          (g)  Sellers shall deliver to Buyer a non-foreign certificate  
     required by Section 1445 of the Code and applicable regulations. 
 
          (h)  Such other certificates, instruments, and documents as may be  
     reasonably requested by Buyer to carry out the intent and purposes of  
     this Agreement. 
 
     15   Approval of Counsel to Triangle and Buyer.  All legal matters in 
connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and 
all agreements, instruments, and documents delivered in connection therewith 
shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Thompson & Knight, a 
Professional Corporation, legal counsel to Triangle and Buyer. 
 
 
<PAGE> 
VIII. 
 
                   CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF ALL PARTIES 
 
     The obligations of all parties to consummate the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or waiver 
by all parties on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following 
conditions: 
 
     0    Governmental and Third Party Consents and Approvals.  Favorable 
orders, consents, and approvals in the form required to consummate this 
Agreement, the Ancillary Documents, and all transactions contemplated thereby, 
including but not limited to such required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust 
Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR Act"), shall have been received (if 
required) from necessary governmental agencies and third parties, or, in the 
case of the HSR Act, the waiting period under such act shall have expired. 
 
     1    Trademark Agreement.  Buyer and Robbins shall have entered into an 
agreement in the form of Exhibit 9.2, pursuant to which Buyer shall have the 
exclusive right to use the names, trademarks, service marks and brand names 
consisting in whole or in part of "Robbins" in connection with residential 
flooring, and Robbins shall retain the exclusive right to use all names, 
trademarks, service marks and brand names consisting in whole or in part of 
"Robbins" for all other purposes. 
 
     2    Equipment Bill of Sale.  Robbins and James H. Stoehr, Jr. shall have 
entered into an Equipment Bill of Sale in the form of Exhibit 9.4, for the 
sale to Robbins of certain machinery and equipment located on the Real 
Property and owned by James H. Stoehr, Jr. and the transactions contemplated 
thereby shall have been consummated. 
 
     3    Real Estate and Equipment Agreement.  Searcy, James H. Stoehr, Jr., 
Katherine M. Stoehr, Thomas C. Stoehr and James H. Stoehr III shall have 
entered into an Agreement in the form of Exhibit 9.5, for the sale to Searcy 
of certain land, buildings and equipment leased to and used by Searcy 
Flooring, Inc., and the transactions contemplated thereby shall have been 
consummated. 
 
     4    Supply Agreement.  Buyer and Sellers shall have entered into a 
supply agreement in the form of Exhibit 9.5. 
 
 
<PAGE> 
IX. 
 
                   TERMINATION, AMENDMENT, AND REMEDIES 
 
     0    Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions 
contemplated hereby abandoned at any time prior to the Closing in the 
following manner: 
 
          ( )  by mutual written consent of Sellers, Triangle and Buyer; or 
 
          (a)  by either Sellers or Buyer, if: 
 
               ( )  the Closing shall not have occurred on or before April 5,  
          1997 (unless the delay in completing the Closing is solely the  
          result of compliance with the HSR Act, in which case the applicable  
          date shall be April 30, 1997), unless such failure to close shall be  
          due to a breach of this Agreement by the party seeking to terminate  
          this Agreement pursuant to this clause (i); or 
 
               (i)  there shall be any statute, rule, or regulation that makes  
          consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or  
          otherwise prohibited or a Governmental Entity shall have issued an  
          order, decree, or ruling or taken any other action permanently  
          restraining, enjoining, or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of  
          the transactions contemplated hereby, and such order, decree,  
          ruling, or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;  
          or 
 
          (b)  by Sellers, if (i) any of the representations and warranties of  
     Buyer contained in this Agreement shall not be true and correct when made  
     or at any time prior to the Closing as if made at and as of such time, or  
     (ii) Buyer or Triangle shall have failed to fulfill any of its  
     obligations under this Agreement, and, in the case of each of clauses (i)  
     and (ii), such misrepresentation, breach of warranty, or failure  
     (provided it can be cured) has not been cured within thirty (30) days of  
     actual knowledge thereof by Buyer or Triangle; or 
 
          (c)  by Buyer, if (i) any of the representations and warranties of a  
     Seller contained in this Agreement shall not be true and correct when  
     made or at any time prior to the Closing as if made at and as of such  
     time, or (ii) Sellers shall have failed to fulfill any of their  
     obligations under this Agreement, and, in the case of each of clauses (i)  
     and (ii), such misrepresentation, breach of warranty, or failure  
     (provided it can be cured) has not been cured within thirty (30) days of  
     actual knowledge thereof by Sellers. 
 
     1    Effect of Termination.  In the event of the termination of this 
Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1 by Sellers or Buyer, written notice thereof 
shall forthwith be given by specifying the provision hereof pursuant to which 
such termination is made, and this Agreement shall become void and have no 
effect, except that the agreements contained in this Section 10.2, in Sections 
6.8, 6.13 and 6.19, and in Articles XII and XIII shall survive the termination 
hereof.  Nothing contained in this Section 10.2 shall relieve any party from 
liability for any breach of this Agreement.  No termination of this Agreement 
shall affect the obligations of the parties pursuant to the confidentiality 
agreement referred to in Section 6.1, except to the extent specified in such 
confidentiality agreement. 
 
     2    Amendment.  This Agreement may not be amended except by an 
instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of all the parties hereto. 
 
     3    Waiver.  Sellers, on the one hand, or Triangle and Buyer, on the 
other, may (i) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of 
the other contained herein or in any document, certificate, or writing 
delivered pursuant hereto or (ii) waive compliance by the other with any of 
the other's agreements or fulfillment of any conditions to obligations 
contained herein.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such 
waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by 
or on behalf of such party or parties.  No failure or delay by a party hereto 
in exercising any right, power, or privilege hereunder shall operate as a 
waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any 
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, 
or privilege. 
 
     4    Remedies Not Exclusive.  The rights and remedies herein provided 
shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by 
law.  The rights and remedies of any party based upon, arising out of, or 
otherwise in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation, 
warranty, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement shall in no way 
be limited by the fact that the act, omission, occurrence, or other state of 
facts upon which any claim of any such inaccuracy or breach is based may also 
be the subject matter of any other representation, warranty, covenant, or 
agreement contained in this Agreement (or in any other agreement between the 
parties) as to which there is no inaccuracy or breach. 
 
 
X. 
 
                           SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS 
 
     0    Survival.  The representations and warranties of the parties 
contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, instrument, or document 
delivered pursuant hereto shall expire at the Closing. 
 
 
<PAGE> 
XI. 
 
                                  MISCELLANEOUS 
 
     0    Notices.  All notices, requests, demands, and other communications 
required or permitted to be given or made hereunder by any party hereto shall 
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made if delivered 
personally, or transmitted by first class registered or certified mail, 
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or sent by prepaid overnight 
delivery service, or sent by cable, telegram, telefax, or telex, to the 
parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be 
specified by the parties by like notice): 
 
          If to Triangle or Buyer: 
 
               Triangle Pacific Corp. 
               Robbins Hardwood Flooring, Inc. 
               16803 Dallas Parkway 
               Dallas, Texas 75248 
               Attention:     Mr. Darryl T. Marchand 
                              Vice President and 
                              General Counsel 
               Telefax:       (214) 931-3284 
 
          copy to: 
 
               Thompson & Knight, P.C. 
               1700 Pacific Avenue, Ste. 3300 
               Dallas, Texas 75201 
               Attention:     Mr. William J. Schuerger 
               Telefax:       (214) 969-1751 
 
          If to Sellers: 
 
               Robbins, Inc. 
               Searcy Flooring, Inc. 
               c/o Mr. James H. Stoehr, Jr. 
               4777 Eastern Avenue 
               Cincinnati, Ohio  45226 
               Telefax:       (847) 405-6381 
 
          copy to: 
 
<PAGE> 
               Graydon, Head & Ritchey 
               1900 Fifth Third Center 
               511 Walnut Street 
               Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 
               Attention:     Mr. Michael A. Hirschfeld 
               Telefax:       (513) 651-3836 
 
Such notices, requests, demands, and other communications shall be effective 
(i) if delivered personally or sent by courier service, upon actual receipt by 
the intended recipient, (ii) if mailed, upon the earlier of five days after 
deposit in the mail or the date of delivery as shown by the return receipt 
therefor, or (iii) if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission, when the 
answer back is received. 
 
     1    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Schedules, 
Exhibits, Annexes, and other writings referred to herein or delivered pursuant 
hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with 
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and 
understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the 
subject matter hereof. 
 
     2    Binding Effect; Assignment; No Third Party Benefit.  This Agreement 
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their 
respective successors and permitted assigns.  Except as otherwise expressly 
provided in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, 
interests, or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties 
hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, except that 
either Triangle or Buyer may assign to Triangle or any affiliate of Triangle 
any of Triangle's or Buyer's rights, interests, or obligations hereunder, upon 
notice to Sellers, provided that no such assignment shall relieve either 
Triangle or Buyer of its obligations hereunder.  Except as specifically 
provided in Section 6.5, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is 
intended to or shall confer upon any person other than the parties hereto, and 
their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, benefits, or 
remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. 
 
     3    Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be 
unenforceable, this Agreement shall be considered divisible and such provision 
shall be deemed inoperative to the extent it is deemed unenforceable, and in 
all other respects this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; 
provided, however, that if any such provision may be made enforceable by 
limitation thereof, then such provision shall be deemed to be so limited and 
shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law. 
 
     4    GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED 
AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARKANSAS, WITHOUT 
REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF. 
 
     5    Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings herein are inserted 
for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, 
and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this 
Agreement. 
 
<PAGE> 
     6    Gender.  Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders shall 
be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall 
be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context 
otherwise requires. 
 
     7    References.  All references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, 
and other subdivisions refer to the Articles, Sections, and other subdivisions 
of this Agreement unless expressly provided otherwise.  The words "this 
Agreement", "herein", "hereof", "hereby", "hereunder", and words of similar 
import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular 
subdivision unless expressly so limited.  Whenever the words "include", 
"includes", and "including" are used in this Agreement, such words shall be 
deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".  Each reference 
herein to a Schedule, Exhibit, or Annex refers to the item identified 
separately in writing by the parties hereto as the described Schedule, 
Exhibit, or Annex to this Agreement.  All Schedules, Exhibits, and Annexes are 
hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in 
full herein. 
 
     8    Further Assurances.  From time to time, at the request of either 
party hereto and without further consideration, the parties hereto agree that 
each will execute and deliver to the other any and all documents in addition 
to those expressly provided for in this Agreement that may be reasonably 
necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereby, whether at or after the Closing.  Sellers 
further agree that from time to time after the Closing they will execute and 
deliver to Buyer or its designee such further conveyances, assignments, or 
other written assurance, and take such further necessary actions, as Buyer may 
reasonably request in writing to perfect and protect Buyer's title to the 
Assets, and to secure to Buyer the benefit of the Business. 
 
     9    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto 
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but 
all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Each counterpart 
may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but 
together signed by all, the parties hereto. 
 
     10   Injunctive Relief.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that 
irreparable damage would occur in the event any of the provisions of this 
Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were 
otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be 
entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions 
of this Agreement, and shall be entitled to enforce specifically the 
provisions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any state 
thereof having jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedy to which the 
parties may be entitled under this Agreement or at law or in equity. 
 
 
<PAGE> 
XII. 
 
                                    DEFINITIONS 
 
     0    Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, each of the 
following terms has the meaning given it below: 
 
          "affiliate" means, with respect to any person, any other person  
     that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries,  
     controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person.  
     For the purposes of this definition, "control", when used with respect to  
     any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to  
     direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such  
     person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract,  
     or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings  
     correlative to the foregoing. 
 
          "Ancillary Documents" means each agreement, instrument, and document  
     (other than this Agreement) executed or to be executed by Sellers or  
     Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 
          "Applicable Laws" means any statute, law, rule, or regulation or any  
     judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of any Governmental Entity  
     to which a specified person or property is subject. 
 
          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 
          "Encumbrances" means liens, charges, pledges, options, mortgages,  
     deeds of trust, security interests, claims, restrictions, easements, and  
     other encumbrances of every type and description, whether imposed by law,  
     agreement, understanding, or otherwise. 
 
          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,  
     as amended. 
 
          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as  
     amended. 
 
          "Governmental Entity" means any court or tribunal in any  
     jurisdiction or any federal, state, municipal, or other governmental  
     body, agency, authority, department, commission, board, bureau, or  
     instrumentality. 
 
          "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service. 
 
          "Knowledge" means actual knowledge of any officer or plant manager  
     of any Seller. 
 
          "Material Adverse Effect" means any change, development, or effect  
     (individually or in the aggregate) that is, or is reasonably likely to  
     be, materially adverse (i) to the business, assets, results of  
     operations, condition (financial or otherwise), or prospects of the  
     Business or to the ownership or operation of the Assets or any material  
     portion thereof or (ii) to the ability of Sellers to perform on a timely  
<PAGE> 
     basis any material obligation of Sellers under this Agreement or any  
     agreement, instrument, or document entered into or delivered in  
     connection herewith. 
 
          "Permits" means material licenses, permits, franchises, consents,  
     approvals, variances, exemptions, and other authorizations of or from  
     Governmental Entities. 
 
          "Permitted Encumbrances" means (i) Encumbrances created by Buyer,  
     (ii) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, (iii) statutory liens  
     (including materialmen's, mechanic's, repairmen's, landlord's, purchase  
     money security interests and other similar liens) arising in connection  
     with the ordinary course of the Business securing Liabilities being  
     assumed and payments for which are not yet due and payable, (iv) the  
     Encumbrances designated as "Permitted Encumbrances" on Schedule 3.6, and  
     (v) such imperfections or irregularities of title, if any, as (A) are not  
     substantial in character, amount, or extent and do not materially detract  
     from the value of the property subject thereto, (B) do not materially  
     interfere with either the present or intended use of such property, and  
     (C) do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with  
     the conduct of the normal operations of the Business; provided, however,  
     that at the Closing "Permitted Encumbrances" shall not include any liens  
     for Taxes or statutory liens filed of record against the Assets. 
 
          "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint  
     venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, enterprise,  
     unincorporated organization, or Governmental Entity. 
 
          "Proceedings" means all proceedings, actions, claims, suits,  
     investigations, and inquiries by or before any arbitrator or Governmental  
     Entity. 
 
          "reasonable efforts" means a party's reasonable efforts in good  
     faith in accordance with reasonable commercial practice and without the  
     incurrence of unreasonable expense. 
 
          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 
          "Taxes" means any income taxes or similar assessments or any sales,  
     gross receipts, excise, occupation, use, ad valorem, property,  
     production, severance, transportation, employment, payroll, franchise, or  
     other tax imposed by any United States federal, state, or local (or any  
     foreign or provincial) taxing authority, including any interest,  
     penalties, or additions attributable thereto. 
 
          "Tax Return" means any return or report, including any related or  
     supporting information, with respect to Taxes. 
 
          "U.S. GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the  
     United States of America as in effect from time to time applied on a  
     basis - as to the substance of the principles applied (including  
     application of the last-in, first-out method of inventory valuation), the  
     manner of application and the estimation techniques used - with the  
     Annual Financial Statements. 
 
     1    Certain Additional Defined Terms.  In addition to such terms as are 
defined in the opening paragraph of and the recitals to this Agreement and in 
Section 13.1, the following terms are used in this Agreement as defined in the 
Sections set forth opposite such terms: 
 
 
<PAGE> 
Defined Term                                              Section Reference 
- ------------                                              ----------------- 
 
Acquisition Proposal  ..................................  Section 6.2 
Agreement  .............................................  Preamble 
Annual Financial Statements  ...........................  Section 3.7 
Applicable Environmental Laws  .........................  Section 3.22(b)(i) 
Arbitrator  ............................................  Section 6.15 
Assets  ................................................  Section 1.1 
Business  ..............................................  Preamble 
Buyer  .................................................  Preamble 
Buyer Group  ...........................................  Section 6.5(i) 
Cash Payment  ..........................................  Section 1.2 
Closing  ...............................................  Section 2.1 
Closing Balance Sheet  .................................  Section 1.7(a) 
Closing Date  ..........................................  Section 2.1 
Compensation  ..........................................  Section 6.5(a) 
Dispute  ...............................................  Section 6.15 
earned  ................................................  Section 6.5(a) 
Employees  .............................................  Section 6.5(a) 
Employment Arrangements  ...............................  Section 6.5(b) 
Environmental Liabilities  .............................  Section 3.22(b)(iii) 
Estimated Cash Payment  ................................  Section 1.5 
Excluded Inventory Items  ..............................  Section 6.16(a)(iii) 
Final Closing Settlement Statement  ....................  Section 1.7(a) 
Final Closing Statements  ..............................  Section 1.7(a) 
Final Price Adjustment  ................................  Section 1.7 
Financial Statements  ..................................  Section 3.7 
hazardous material  ....................................  Section 3.22(b)(ii) 
HSR Act  ...............................................  Section 9.1 
Insider  ...............................................  Section 3.28 
Intellectual Property  .................................  Section 1.1(e) 
Interim Financial Statements  ..........................  Section 3.7 
Inventory  .............................................  Section 6.16(a) 
Inventory Schedule  ....................................  Section 6.16(a)(i) 
Inventory Value  .......................................  Section 6.16(a)(ii) 
Latest Balance Sheet  ..................................  Section 1.5(a) 
Liabilities  ...........................................  Section 1.5(c)(i) 
Net Book Value  ........................................  Section 1.5(c)(ii) 
Objection Notice  ......................................  Section 6.6(d) 
Payoff Indebtedness  ...................................  Section 1.5(c)(iii) 
Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement  ..............  Section 1.5(a) 
Preliminary Closing Statements  ........................  Section 1.5(a) 
Profit Sharing Plan  ...................................  Section 6.5(c) 
Purchase Price  ........................................  Section 1.2 
Real Property  .........................................  Section 1.1(a) 
Receivables  ...........................................  Section 6.16(b) 
Receivables Schedules  .................................  Section 6.16(b)(i) 
<PAGE> 
Receivables Value  .....................................  Section 6.16(b)(ii) 
Reserves  ..............................................  Section 3.7 
Retained Inventory  ....................................  Section 6.16(a)(iii) 
Robbins  ...............................................  Preamble 
Searcy  ................................................  Preamble 
Sellers  ...............................................  Preamble 
Seller Representative  .................................  Section 1.8(b) 
Surveys  ...............................................  Section 6.6(c) 
Title Binders  .........................................  Section 6.6(b) 
Title Company  .........................................  Section 6.6(a) 
Title Insurance  .......................................  Section 6.6(a) 
transfer  ..............................................  Section 1.1 
Triangle  ..............................................  Preamble 
Unacceptable Encumbrances  .............................  Section 6.6(d) 
U.S. GAAP  .............................................  Section 1.5(a) 
 
 
<PAGE> 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed 
by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first 
above written. 
 
TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP.                      ROBBINS, INC. 
 
 
By:  ------------------------------          By:  ---------------------------- 
     Floyd F. Sherman,                            James H. Stoehr, Jr., 
     Chairman of the Board and                    President 
     Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
ROBBINS HARDWOOD FLOORING, INC.              SEARCY FLOORING, INC. 
 
 
 
By:  ------------------------------          By:  --------------------------- 
     Robert J. Symon,                             James H. Stoehr, Jr. 
     Vice President and Treasurer                 Chairman of the Board 
 
 
 
 
     The undersigned, James H. Stoehr, Jr., hereby accepts appointment as the 
Seller Representative to act in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.8 
of the foregoing Agreement. 
 
 
 
- ---------------------------- 
James H. Stoehr, Jr. 
 
 
 
 
<PAGE> 
                         LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES 
 
 
Exhibit 7.4 - Opinion of Counsel to Buyer  ..........................  E- 
Exhibit 8.6 - Opinion of Counsel to Seller  .........................  E- 
Exhibit 8.9 - Noncompetition Agreement  .............................  E- 
Exhibit 8.10 - Data Processing Agreement  ...........................  E- 
Exhibit 9.2 - Trademark Agreement  ..................................  E- 
Exhibit 9.3 - Individual Assignment to Robbins  .....................  E- 
Exhibit 9.4 - Individual Assignment to Searcy  ......................  E- 
Exhibit 9.5 - Supply Agreement  .....................................  E- 
Schedule 1.1(a) - Real Property  ....................................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(b)(i) - Equipment and Machinery  .......................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(b)(ii) - Excluded Equipment and Machinery  .............  S- 
Schedule 1.1(c)(i) - Purchased Inventory  ...........................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(c)(ii) - Retained Inventory  ...........................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(e)(i) - Purchased Software  ............................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(g) - Contracts and Agreements  .........................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(h)(i) - Prepaid Expenses  ..............................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(h)(ii) - Excluded Prepaid Expenses  ....................  S- 
Schedule 1.1(j) - Other Assets  .....................................  S- 
Schedule 1.5(a) - Preliminary Closing Settlement Statement  .........  S- 
Schedule 1.5(c) - Liabilities Assumed  ..............................  S- 
Schedule 1.7(a) - Final Closing Settlement Statement  ...............  S- 
Schedule 3.1 - Jurisdictions  .......................................  S- 
Schedule 3.3 - Noncontravention  ....................................  S- 
Schedule 3.4 - Governmental Approvals  ..............................  S- 
Schedule 3.5 - Ownership of Business  ...............................  S- 
Schedule 3.6 - Title to Assets  .....................................  S- 
Schedule 3.8 - Seller Liabilities  ..................................  S- 
Schedule 3.9 - Absence of Certain Changes  ..........................  S- 
Schedule 3.10 - Tax Matters  ........................................  S- 
Schedule 3.12 - Legal Proceedings  ..................................  S- 
Schedule 3.13 - Real Property  ......................................  S- 
Schedule 3.14 - Tangible Personal Property  .........................  S- 
Schedule 3.15 - Leased Property  ....................................  S- 
Schedule 3.16 - Inventory Exceptions  ...............................  S- 
Schedule 3.17 - Receivables Exceptions  .............................  S- 
Schedule 3.18 - Intellectual Property  ..............................  S- 
Schedule 3.19 - Permits  ............................................  S- 
Schedule 3.20 - Contracts and Agreements  ...........................  S- 
Schedule 3.21 - ERISA  ..............................................  S- 
Schedule 3.22 - Environmental Matters  ..............................  S- 
Schedule 3.23 - Labor Relations  ....................................  S- 
Schedule 3.24 - Customers and Suppliers  ............................  S- 
<PAGE> 
Schedule 3.28 - Insider Interests  ..................................  S- 
Schedule 6.16(a) - Inventory Schedule  ..............................  S- 
Schedule 6.16(b) - Receivables Schedule  ............................  S- 



                                                                    EXECUTION 
 
 
 
                      TENTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT 
 
     THIS TENTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 1997 
(this "Amendment"), to the Existing Credit Agreement (as defined below) is 
entered into by and among TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP., a Delaware corporation (the 
"Borrower"), and the various financial institutions parties hereto 
(collectively, the "Lenders"), BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA as co-agent (the "Co-
Agent") for the Lenders, and the BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as the agent (the 
"Agent") for the Lenders. 
 
                              W I T N E S S E T H: 
                              - - - - - - - - - -  
 
     WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Co-Agent and the Agent have 
heretofore entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 4, 
1993 (together with all Exhibits, Schedules and Attachments thereto, in each 
case as amended or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, being 
collectively referred to herein as the "Existing Credit Agreement"); 
 
     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders amend the Existing 
Credit Agreement in certain respects as set forth below; and 
 
     WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing, on the terms and conditions set forth 
below, to amend the Existing Credit Agreement in certain respects as provided 
herein (the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended pursuant to the terms of 
this Amendment, being referred to as the "Credit Agreement"); 
 
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual 
agreements herein contained, the Borrower and the Lenders hereby agree as 
follows: 
 
 
I. 
 
                                    DEFINITIONS 
 
1.   Certain Definitions.  The following terms (whether or not underscored) 
when used in this Amendment, including its preamble and recitals, shall, 
except where the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings (such 
meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural form thereof): 
 
     "Affirmation and Consent" means the affirmation and consent executed and 
delivered pursuant to Subpart 3.1.4. 
 
     "Agent" is defined in the first recital.  
 
<PAGE> 
     "Amendment" is defined in the preamble.  
 
     "Anderson-Tully Agreement" is defined in Subpart 2.3. 
 
     "Borrower" is defined in the preamble.  
 
     "Co-Agent" is defined in the preamble. 
 
     "Credit Agreement" is defined in the third recital.  
 
     "Existing Credit Agreement" is defined in the first recital.  
 
     "Lenders" is defined in the preamble.  
 
     "RHF" means Robbins Hardwood Flooring, Inc., a Delaware corporation 
formed by Borrower to complete the purchase of the Robbins Assets. 
 
     "Robbins Assets" means the assets of the Robbins Sellers to be purchased 
by the Borrower or RHF pursuant to the Robbins Letter of Intent. 
 
     "Robbins Letter of Intent" means the letter of intent between the 
Borrower and Robbins, Inc., Searcy Flooring, Inc. and James H. Stoehr Jr., 
dated December 23, 1996, as amended to the date of the Tenth Amendment.  
 
     "Robbins Sellers" means, collectively, Robbins, Inc. and Searcy Flooring 
Inc. 
 
     "Tenth Amendment" is defined in Subpart 3.1.  
 
     "Tenth Amendment Effective Date" is defined in Subpart 3.1. 
 
2.   Other Definitions.  Terms for which meanings are provided in the Existing 
Credit Agreement are, unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise 
requires, used in this Amendment with such meanings provided therein. 
 
 
III. 
 
 
                       AMENDMENTS TO AND CONSENTS UNDER THE 
                           EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT 
 
     Effective on (and subject to the occurrence of) the Tenth Amendment 
Effective Date, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties made 
herein and (if any) in each other agreement furnished to the Agent pursuant to 
the terms hereof or in connection herewith, the parties hereto hereby agree  
<PAGE> 
that the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and the assumption of the 
Anderson-Tully Agreement by Borrower or RHF is hereby consented to, all in 
accordance with this Part II.  Except as expressly so amended or modified by 
this Amendment, the Existing Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document 
shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their respective 
terms. 
 
1.   Amendments to Article I ("DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS").  Article I 
of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with Subpart 
2.1.1.  
 
1.   Section 1.1 ("Defined Terms") of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby 
amended by inserting the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetical 
order: 
 
          "RHF" means Robbins Hardwood Flooring, Inc., a Delaware corporation  
     formed by Borrower to complete the purchase of the Robbins Assets. 
 
          "Robbins Assets" means the assets of the Robbins Sellers to be  
     purchased by the Borrower or RHF pursuant to the Robbins Letter of  
     Intent. 
 
          "Robbins Letter of Intent" means the letter of intent between the  
     Borrower and Robbins, Inc., Searcy Flooring, Inc. and James H. Stoehr  
     Jr., dated December 23, 1996, as amended to March 19, 1997.  
 
          "Robbins Sellers" means, collectively, Robbins, Inc. and Searcy  
     Flooring Inc. 
 
2.   Amendments to Article VII ("COVENANTS").  Article VII of the Existing 
Credit Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with Subparts 2.2.1, Subpart 
2.2.2, Subpart 2.2.3, Subpart 2.2.4, Subpart 2.2.5, Subpart 2.2.6 and Subpart 
2.2.7. 
 
1.   Section 7.2.2 ("Indebtedness") of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby 
amended by (a) deleting the word "and" following the semi-colon appearing at 
the end of clause (c)(ii) of such subsection, (b) inserting the word "and" 
following the semi-colon appearing at the end of clause (c)(iii) of such 
subsection and (c) inserting a new clause (iv) to such subsection which shall 
read as follows: 
 
     "(iv) Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or RHF in an  
     aggregate principal amount not to exceed ten million dollars  
     ($10,000,000) and of the types described in Item 7.2.2(c)(iv) of the  
     Disclosure Schedule." 
 
2.   Clause (c) of Section 7.2.3 ("Liens") of the Existing Credit Agreement is 
hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: 
 
     "(c) Liens 
 
          (i)     granted prior to the Closing Date to secure payment of  
     Indebtedness of the type permitted and described in clause (c)(i) of  
     Section 7.2.2; 
 
<PAGE> 
          (ii)    granted by Hartco to secure the payment of Indebtedness  
     incurred by Hartco in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed  
     $16,500,000 and of the type permitted and described in Item 7.2.3(c)(ii)  
     of the Disclosure Schedule; and 
 
          (iii)   granted or assumed by the Borrower or RHF in the Robbins  
     Assets to secure the payment of Indebtedness described in paragraphs 1, 2  
     and 3 of Item 7.2.2 (c)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule and of the type  
     permitted and described in Item 7.2.3(c)(iii) of the Disclosure  
     Schedule;" 
 
3.   Clauses (b) and (c) of Section 7.2.4 ("Financial Condition") of the 
Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended in their respective entireties to 
read as follows: 
 
     "(b) the ratio of Funded Debt (excluding Contingent Liabilities relating  
     to such Debt) to EBITDA, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter during  
     each Fiscal Year set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth  
     opposite such Fiscal Year: 
 
          Fiscal Year                         Ratio 
          -----------                         ----- 
 
          1996                                3.25:1  
 
          1997                                3.00:1 
 
          1998                                2.50:1 
 
          1999                                2.50:1 
 
          2000                                2.50:1; 
 
<PAGE> 
     "(c) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal  
     Quarter during each Fiscal Year set forth below to be less than the ratio  
     set forth opposite such Fiscal Year: 
 
                                              Fixed Charge 
          Fiscal Year                         Coverage Ratio 
          -----------                         -------------- 
 
          1996                                   .95:1  
 
          1997                                   .92:1 
 
          1998                                  1.05:1 
 
          1999                                  1.10:1 
 
          2000                                  1.10:1;" 
 
 
4.   Clause (e) of Section 7.2.5 ("Investments") of the Existing Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: 
 
     "(e)  
 
          (i)     Investments by the Borrower in Hartco arising from the  
     transaction contemplated by the Hartco Letter of Intent;  
 
          (iii)   Investments by the Borrower in RHF arising from the  
     transaction contemplated by the Robbins Letter of Intent; and  
 
          (iii)   in the ordinary course of business, Investments by the  
     Borrower in any of its Subsidiaries (except Permitted Foreign  
     Subsidiaries), or by any such Subsidiary in any of its Subsidiaries, by  
     way of contributions to capital or loans or advances;" 
 
5.   Section 7.2.7 ("Capital Expenditures, Etc.") of the Existing Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended by (a) deleting the period at the end of such 
subsection and (b) inserting a new clause in place thereof to read as follows: 
 
     "; provided, further, that for Fiscal Year 1997 only, the amount of  
     Permitted Capital Expenditures shall be increased by the Capital  
     Expenditures attributable to the purchase of the Robbins Assets in an  
     amount not to exceed $70,000,000."  
 
6.   Clause (a) of Section 7.2.14 ("Negative Pledges, Restrictive Agreements, 
Etc.") of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as 
follows: 
 
<PAGE> 
     "(a) the creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties, revenues  
     or assets, whether now owned (other than prohibitions contained in  
     documents governing industrial revenue bonds to which Harto or Robbins  
     are parties as in effect on March 19, 1997) or hereafter acquired, or the  
     ability of the Borrower or any other Obligor to amend or otherwise modify  
     this Agrement or any other Loan Document; or" 
 
7.   The Disclosure Schedule is hereby amended by adding thereto Items 
7.2.2(c)(iv) and 7.2.3(c)(iii) as set forth in Annex I hereto. 
 
3.   Consent under Section 7.2.9 ("Take or Pay Contracts").  In connection 
with the purchase of the Robbins Assets, Borrower or RHF intends to assume 
that certain agreement for the purchase of veneers dated as of January 12, 
1995 by and between Anderson-Tully Company and Robbins, Inc. under which 
Borrower will have an irrevocable obligation to purchase up to the required 
amount of veneer when delivered for a five-year term as provided therein (the 
"Anderson-Tully Agreement").  As of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, Agent 
and each Lender hereby (i) consents to Borrower's or RHF's assumption and 
performance of Robbins, Inc.'s obligations under the Anderson-Tully Agreement, 
and (ii) waives any Default or Event of Default arising under Section 7.2.9 of 
the Existing Credit Agreement directly therefrom.  
 
 
IV. 
 
                          CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS 
 
1.   Tenth Amendment Effective Date.  This Amendment (and the amendments and 
modifications contained herein) shall become effective, and shall thereafter 
be referred to as the "Tenth Amendment", on the date (the "Tenth Amendment 
Effective Date") when all of the conditions set forth in this Subpart 3.1 have 
been satisfied. 
 
<PAGE> 
1.        Delivery of RHF Guaranty. The Agent shall have received, for the  
     benefit of each Lender, the Issuer and the Agent, a guaranty in respect  
     of the Obligations in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, duly  
     executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of RHF, dated as of the  
     Tenth Amendment Effective date (the "RHF Guaranty)". 
 
2.        Delivery of RHF Security Agreement. The Agent shall have received,  
     for the benefit of each Lender, the Issuer and the Agent, a security  
     agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, duly executed  
     and delivered by an Authorized Officer of RHF, dated as of the Tenth  
     Amendment Effective Date (the "RHF Security Agreement"), together with  
     such opinions in form and substance and from counsel satisfactory to  
     Agent, as the Agent may require, together with (i) executed copies of  
     proper Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination statements, if any,  
     necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person in any  
     collateral described in such security agreement previously granted by any  
     Person, (ii) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements naming RHF as  
     the debtor and the Agent as the secured party to be filed under all  
     jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Agent,  
     desirable to perfect the security interest of the Agent pursuant to such  
     security agreement and (iii) certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code  
     requests for information or similar search reports dated a date  
     reasonably near the date of the acquisition of RHF listing all effective  
     financing statements which name RHF as a debtor. 
 
3.        Solvency Certificate.  The Agent shall have received for the benefit  
     of each Lender, the Issuer and the Agent, a solvency certificate of an  
     Authorized Officer of Borrower, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the  
     Agent, dated as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date. 
 
4.        Affirmation and Consent.  The Agent shall have received a duly  
     executed copy of the Affirmation and Consent to this Amendment, in a form  
     reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, duly executed and delivered by each  
     Obligor. 
 
5.        Acquisition of Robbins Assets.  The acquisition of the Robbins  
     Assets by Borrower or RHF shall have been completed without a material  
     change in the terms of the acquisition from those set forth in the  
     Robbins Letter of Intent, except as may be otherwise consented to by the  
     Required Lenders.  
 
6.        Expenses.  The Agent shall have received for its own account, or for  
     the account of each Lender, as the case may be, reimbursement of all the  
     Agent's expenses incurred and payable by Borrower under Subpart 4.5. 
 
7.        Environmental Audits.  The Agent shall have received such assurances  
     from the Borrower or reports from an environmental consultant relating to  
<PAGE> 
     environmental audits of material real property to be acquired in the  
     acquisition of the Robbins Assets reasonably satisfactory in scope and  
     results to the Agent. 
 
8.        Opinions of Counsel.  The Agent shall have received such opinions,  
     each dated the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, in form and substance and  
     from counsel satisfactory to the Agent, as the Agent may require. 
 
9.        Legal Details, etc.  All documents executed or submitted pursuant  
     hereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and its  
     counsel.  The Agent and its counsel shall have received all information  
     and such counterpart originals or such certified or other copies or such  
     materials as the Agent or its counsel may reasonably request, and all  
     legal matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment  
     shall be satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel. 
 
10.       Execution of Counterparts.  The Agent shall have received  
     counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed and delivered on behalf of  
     the Borrower and each of the Lenders. 
 
11.       Resolutions. etc.  The Agent shall have received in form and  
     substance satisfactory to the Agent, 
 
     (a)  a certificate, dated the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, of the 
Borrower's Secretary or Assistant Secretary as to 
 
          (i)  resolutions of the Borrower's Board of Directors then in full  
     force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of  
     this Amendment and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by  
     it in connection herewith; and 
 
          (ii) the incumbency and signatures of those officers of the Borrower  
     authorized to act with respect to this Amendment and each other Loan  
     Document executed or to be executed by it in connection herewith,  
 
     upon which certificate each Lender may conclusively rely with respect to  
     the incumbency and signature of such Authorized Officers until it shall  
     have received a further certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  
     Secretary of the Borrower cancelling or amending such prior certificate; 
 
     (b)  a certificate, dated the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, of the 
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of RHF, or of the Secretary or Assistant 
Secretary of the general partner of RHF, as to 
 
          (i)  resolutions of the Board of Directors of RHF, or the general  
     partner of RHF, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution,  
     delivery and performance of a guaranty and security agreement (as such  
<PAGE> 
     are described in Subparts 3.1.1 and 3.1.2, below) and each other Loan  
     Document executed or to be executed by RHF or by the general partner of  
     RHF, in the name and on behalf of RHF, in connection herewith and  
     therewith; and 
 
          (ii) the incumbency and signatures of those officers of RHF, or the  
     general partner of RHF, authorized to act with respect to the guaranty  
     and the security agreement of RHF described in Subparts 3.1.1 and 3.1.2  
     below and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by RHF or  
     by the general partner of RHF, in the name and on behalf of RHF, in  
     connection herewith and therewith,  
 
     upon which certificate each Lender may conclusively rely with respect to  
     the incumbency and signature of such Authorized Officers until it shall  
     have received a further certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  
     Secretary of RHF cancelling or amending such prior certificate; 
 
          (c)  a certificate, dated the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, of the  
     Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each other Obligor as to 
 
               (i)  resolutions of such Obligor's Board of Directors then in  
          full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and  
          performance of the Affirmation and Consent and each other Loan  
          Document executed or to be executed by it in connection herewith;  
          and 
 
               (ii) the incumbency and signatures of those officers of such  
          Obligor authorized to act with respect to the Affirmation and  
          Consent and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by  
          it in connection herewith, 
 
     upon which certificate each Lender may conclusively rely with respect to  
     the incumbency and signature of such Authorized Officers until it shall  
     have received a further certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  
     Secretary of such Obligor cancelling or amending such prior certificate;  
     and 
 
          (d)  such other documents (certified if requested) or certificates  
     as the Agent may reasonably request with respect to this Amendment, the  
     Affirmation and Consent, any other Loan Document or any Organic Document  
     or approval. 
 
 
V. 
 
                          MISCELLANEOUS; REPRESENTATIONS 
 
1.   Cross-References.  References in this Amendment to any Part or Subpart 
are, unless otherwise specified or otherwise required by the context, to such 
Part or Subpart of this Amendment. 
 
<PAGE> 
2.   Loan Document Pursuant to Existing Credit Agreement.  This Amendment is a 
Loan Document executed pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and shall be 
construed, administered and applied in accordance with all of the terms and 
provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement (and, following the Tenth 
Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement). 
 
3.   Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure 
to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and 
assigns. 
 
4.   Full Force and Effect; Limited Amendment. Except as expressly amended 
hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants, conditions 
and other provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents shall remain unamended and unwaived and shall continue to be, and 
shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their respective 
terms.  The amendments set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided 
for herein to the provisions expressly amended herein and shall not be deemed 
to be an amendment to, waiver of, consent to or modification of any other term 
or provision of the Existing Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document 
referred to therein or herein or of any transaction or further or future 
action on the part of the Borrower which would require the consent of the 
Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents. 
 
5.   Payment of Expenses.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay and reimburse the 
Agent for all of its reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the 
negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and related 
documents, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the 
Agent. 
 
6.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in 
several counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be 
deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one 
and the same agreement. 
 
7.   Governing Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 
8.   Compliance with Warranties. No Default, etc. Both before and after giving 
effect to the occurrence of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date and the 
amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth above, the Borrower 
represents and warrants to the Lenders that the following statements are true 
and correct: 
 
          (a)  the representations and warranties set forth in Article VI  
     (excluding, however, those contained in Section 6.7) of the Existing  
     Credit Agreement and the representations and warranties set forth in  
     Article III of each Security Agreement and in Article III of each  
     Subsidiary Guaranty and in each other Loan Document are true and correct  
     in all material respects with the same effect as if then made (unless  
     stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such  
     representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier  
     date); 
 
<PAGE> 
          (b)  except as disclosed by the Borrower to the Agent and the  
     Lenders pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Existing Credit Agreement, 
 
               (i)     no labor controversy, litigation, arbitration or  
          governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, to the  
          knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of  
          its Subsidiaries which could result in a Material Adverse Effect  
          (including with respect to this Amendment or any other Loan Document  
          delivered in connection herewith); and 
 
               (ii)    no development has occurred in any labor controversy,  
          litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding  
          disclosed pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Existing Credit Agreement  
          which could result in a Material Adverse Effect (including with  
          respect to this Amendment or any other Loan Document delivered in  
          connection herewith); and 
 
               (iii)   no Default has occurred and is continuing. 
 
9.   Additional Representations.  In order to induce the Lenders and the 
Agents to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower hereby additionally 
represents and warrants as follows: 
 
          (a)  the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the  
     performance by the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of each of their  
     respective obligations hereunder, under each other Loan Document, under  
     the Existing Credit Agreement as amended hereby and, upon the occurrence  
     of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, under the Credit Agreement are  
     within such Person's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all  
     necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental  
     approvals (if any shall be required), and do not (i) contravene such  
     Person's Organic Documents, (ii) contravene any contractual restriction,  
     law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or  
     affecting such Person or (iii) result in, or require the creation or  
     imposition of, any Lien on any of such Person's properties (other than  
     pursuant to a Loan Document); and 
 
          (b)  this Amendment, each other Loan Document, the Existing Credit  
     Agreement as amended hereby and, upon the occurrence of the Tenth  
     Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement are the legal, valid and  
     binding obligations of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, as  
     applicable, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (except  
     as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,  
     insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights  
     generally and by principles of equity). 
 
 
 
         [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 
 
<PAGE> 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day 
and year first above written. 
 
 
 
                                       TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. 
 
 
 
                                       By:  --------------------------------- 
                                            Title: 
 
 
 
                                       THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA 
 
 
 
                                        By:  -------------------------------- 
                                             Title: 
 
 
 
                                        BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA 
 
 
 
                                        By:  -------------------------------- 
                                             Title: 
 
 
 
                                        COMERICA BANK - TEXAS 
 
 
 
                                       By:  --------------------------------- 
                                            Title: 
 
 
<PAGE> 
                              DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE 
 
                                                             Item 7.2.2(c)(iv) 
 
 
1.   $8,000,000 Industrial Development Bonds Issued September 1, 1989. 
 
     a.   $5,000,000 City of Warren Arkansas Industrial Development Revenue  
          Bonds, Series A, issued on September 1, 1989, variable interest rate  
          (4.25% at October 31, 1996), due in annual installments through  
          September 1999. 
 
     b.   $3,000,000 City of Warren Arkansas Industrial Development Revenue  
          Bonds, Series B, issued on September 1, 1989, variable interest rate  
          (4.75% at October 31, 1996), due in annual installments through  
          September 1999. 
 
     Loan Agreement: 
 
          Section 6.1:          Robbins must maintain its corporate existence, 
                                with certain exceptions. 
          Section 7.1:          Assignment only to domestic corporation who  
                                assumes all of the obligations of Robbins  
                                thereunder. 
 
      Promissory Note:          Payments of interest and principal due on or  
                                before dates set forth in the Indenture for  
                                payment of principal and interest on the  
                                bonds.  
 
     Reimbursement Agreement: 
 
          Section 9.3:          Robbins may not assign any of its obligations  
                                relating to the bonds or projects financed  
                                thereby      without the consent of the letter  
                                of credit bank. 
 
     Indenture:                The bonds are optionally redeemable by the  
                               issuer on the first day of each March, June,  
                               September and December (provided that Robbins  
                               has previously elected to have the remarketing  
                               agent adjust the interest rate on the bonds  
                               every ninety days). 
 
 
2.   $1,600,000 Economic Development Revenue Bonds Issued February 1, 1994. 
 
     $1,600,000 Arkansas Development Finance Authority Economic Development  
     Revenue Bonds issued February 1, 1994, Series D, 3.25% fixed interest  
     rate, due in annual installments through February 2001. 
 
<PAGE> 
     Loan Agreement: 
 
          Section 5.07:          Searcy must maintain its corporate existence,  
                                 with certain exceptions. 
          Section 5.05:          Assignment only with issuer's or trustee's  
                                 consent. 
 
     Promissory Note:            Payments of interest and principal due on the  
                                 dates set forth on the payment schedule  
                                 attached thereto.  Prepayments only allowed  
                                 in limited circumstances under the loan  
                                 agreement and the indenture before the bonds  
                                 are redeemed.  
 
     Indenture:                  The bonds may not be redeemed until February  
                                 1, 1999. 
 
 
3.   $3,860,000 Industrial Development Bonds Issued October 1, 1996: 
 
     a.   $1,860,000 Arkansas Development Finance Authority Industrial  
          Development Revenue Bonds issued on October 1, 1996, Series J,  
          various fixed interest rates ranging from 4.3% to 5.5%, due in  
          annual installments through September 2006. 
 
     B.   $2,000,000 Arkansas Development Finance Authority Industrial  
          Development Revenue Bonds issued on October 1, 1996, Series K,  
          various fixed interest rates ranging from 4.4% to 5.7%, due in  
          annual installments through September 2006. 
 
     Loan Agreement: 
 
          Section 5.07:          Robbins must maintain its corporate  
                                 existence, with certain exceptions. 
          Section 5.05:          Assignment only with issuer's or trustee's  
                                 consent. 
 
     Promissory Note:            Payments of interest and principal due on the  
                                 dates set forth on the payment schedule  
                                 attached thereto.  Prepayments only allowed  
                                 in limited circumstances under the loan  
                                 agreement and the indenture before the bonds  
                                 are redeemed.  
 
     Indenture:                  The bonds may not be redeemed until October  
                                 1, 2004. 
 
4.   Note payable to Warren Bank and Trust Company in original principal  
     amount of $628,538 and secured by a mortgage on certain land and  
<PAGE> 
     buildings included in the Robbins Assets.  The remaining principal and  
     interest due at the closing of the acquisition will be repaid by Borrower  
     at the closing and the mortgage released. 
 
5.   Notes payable by James H. Stoehr, Jr., Katherine M. Stoehr, Thomas C.  
     Stoehr and James H. Stoehr III to Warren Bank & Trust Co. and others in  
     the aggregate original principal amount of up to $200,000 and secured by  
     a liens on certain land and equipment included in the Robbins Assets.   
     The remaining principal and interest due at the closing of the  
     acquisition will be repaid by Borrower at the closing and the liens  
     released. 
 
 
<PAGE> 
                                                            Item 7.2.3(c)(iii) 
 
Purchase money mortgages, purchase money security interests or other Liens 
granted to secure payment of Indebtedness incurred by Robbins Sellers and 
assumed by Borrower or RHF (a) for the purpose of financing the construction 
of properties or fixed improvements or (b) in respect of Purchase Money 
Obligations for property used in a Permitted Business, and covering only 
(together in each case with accessions and fixtures thereto) the property so 
acquired or the properties or fixed improvements so constructed (it being 
understood that any Lien granted on property so acquired may also encumber and 
extend to properties and fixed improvements constructed thereon, and any Lien 
granted on properties and fixed improvements so constructed may also encumber 
and extend to property so acquired on which such improvements are 
constructed). 
 



                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.8 
 
                     ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT 
 
     THIS ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of September 30, 
1997 (this "Amendment"), to the Existing Credit Agreement (as defined below) 
is entered into by and among TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP., a Delaware corporation 
(the "Borrower"), the various financial institutions parties hereto 
(collectively, the "Lenders"), BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA as co-agent (the "Co-
Agent") for the Lenders and the BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as the agent (the "Agent") 
for the Lenders. 
 
                              W I T N E S S E T H: 
                              - - - - - - - - - -  
 
     WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Co-Agent and the Agent have 
heretofore entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 4, 
1993 (as amended or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, "Existing 
Credit Agreement"); 
 
     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders amend the Existing 
Credit Agreement in certain respects as set forth below; and 
 
     WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing, on the terms and conditions set forth 
below, to amend the Existing Credit Agreement in certain respects as provided 
herein (the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended pursuant to the terms of 
this Amendment, being referred to as the "Credit Agreement"); 
 
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual 
agreements herein contained, the Borrower and the Lenders hereby agree as 
follows: 
 
 
                                   PART I. 
                                 DEFINITIONS 
 
     SUBPART I.1.  Certain Definitions.  The following terms (whether or not 
underscored) when used in this Amendment, including its preamble and recitals, 
shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the following 
meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural 
form thereof): 
 
     "Affirmation and Consent" means the affirmation and consent executed and 
delivered pursuant to Subpart 3.1.4. 
 
     "Agent" is defined in the preamble.  
 
     "Amendment" is defined in the preamble.  
 
<PAGE> 
     "Borrower" is defined in the preamble.  
 
     "Co-Agent" is defined in the preamble. 
 
     "Credit Agreement" is defined in the third recital.  
 
     "Eleventh Amendment" is defined in Subpart 3.1.  
 
     "Eleventh Amendment Effective Date" is defined in Subpart 3.1. 
 
     "Existing Credit Agreement" is defined in the first recital.  
 
     "Lenders" is defined in the preamble.  
 
     "Restructuring Subsidiaries" means, collectively, BHFG Corp.,  
                    BHFL Corp.,  HFCG Corp., HFCL Corp., DTM Corp.  
                    and Hartco Hardwood Flooring L.P., all organized  
                    under the laws of the State of Delaware, and  
                    Bruce Hardwood Flooring L.P., organized under  
                    the laws of the State of Texas. 
 
     "Restructuring Transactions" means the transactions described in Annex I 
hereto. 
 
     SUBPART I.2.  Other Definitions.  Terms for which meanings are provided 
in the Existing Credit Agreement are, unless otherwise defined herein or the 
context otherwise requires, used in this Amendment with such meanings provided 
therein. 
 
 
                                    PART II. 
 
                       AMENDMENTS TO AND CONSENTS UNDER THE 
                          EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT 
 
     Effective on (and subject to the occurrence of) the Eleventh Amendment 
Effective Date, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties made 
herein and in each other agreement furnished to the Agent pursuant to the 
terms hereof or in connection herewith, the parties hereto hereby agree that 
the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and the consummation of the 
Restructuring Transactions is hereby consented to, all in accordance with this 
Part II.  Except as expressly so amended or modified by this Amendment, the 
Existing Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document shall continue in full 
force and effect in accordance with their respective terms. 
 
     SUBPART II.1.  Amendments to Article I ("DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING 
TERMS").  Article I of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in 
accordance with Subpart 2.1.1, Subpart 2.1.2 and Subpart 2.1.3.  
 
     SUBPART II.1.1.  Section 1.1 ("Defined Terms") of the Existing Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following definitions in the 
appropriate alphabetical order: 
 
<PAGE> 
          "'Master Subordination Agreement' means that certain Intercompany  
     Subordination Agreement dated September 30, 1997 among the Borrower, the  
     Agent Hartco, RHF, Worldwide Kitchens and the Restructuring Subsidiaries. 
 
          "'Restructuring Subsidiaries' means, collectively, BHFG Corp., BHFL  
     Corp.,  HFCG Corp., HFCL Corp., DTM Corp. and Hartco Hardwood Flooring  
     L.P., all organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and Bruce  
     Hardwood Flooring L.P., organized under the laws of the State of Texas."  
 
          "'Restructuring Transactions' means the transactions described in  
     Item 7.2.11 to the Disclosure Schedule." 
 
     SUBPART II.1.2.  The following defined terms in Section 1.1 ("Defined 
Terms") of the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety 
to read as follows: 
 
          "'Other Rental Obligations' means (without duplication) all monetary  
     obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any leasing  
     or similar arrangement which, in accordance with GAAP, would not be  
     classified as capitalized leases." 
 
          "'Subsidiary' means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which  
     more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting  
     power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such Person  
     (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or  
     classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the  
     occurrence of any contingency), or if such Person is not a corporation,  
     more than 50% of the outstanding shares, interests, participation or  
     other equivalents (however designated) of such Person, is at the time  
     directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and one or  
     more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by one or more other  
     Subsidiaries of such Person." 
 
     SUBPART II.1.3.  Clause (b)(vi) of the definition of "Fixed Charge 
Coverage Ratio" in Section 1.1 ("Defined Terms") is hereby amended to read in 
its entirety as follows: 
          "(vi) the aggregate amount of Investments made by the Borrower and  
     its Subsidiaries during such period, but only to the extent that such  
     amount, when aggregated with the amount of all other Investments made  
     since the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, exceeds $35,000,000."  
 
     SUBPART II.2.  Amendments to Article VI ("REPRESENTATIONS AND 
WARRANTIES").  Article VI of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended 
in accordance with Subparts 2.2.1, Subpart 2.2.2 and Subpart 2.2.3. 
    SUBPART II.2.1.  Section 6.1 ("Organization, etc.") of the Existing Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows: 
 
           "SECTION 6.1.  Organization, etc.  The Borrower and each of its  
     Subsidiaries which is a corporation or partnership is validly organized  
     and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State or other  
     jurisdiction of its organization, having all corporate or partnership  
     powers required to carry on its business and enter into and carry out the  
     transactions contemplated hereby.  The Borrower and each of its  
<PAGE> 
     Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as  
     a foreign organization in each jurisdiction where the failure so to  
     qualify could have a Material Adverse Effect, and has full power and  
     authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and  
     other approvals to enter into and perform its Obligations under this  
     Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document to which it is a party  
     and to own and hold under lease its property and to conduct its business  
     substantially as currently conducted by it."   
 
     SUBPART II.2.2.  Section 6.2 ("Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, 
etc") of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the words 
"or partnership" after the word "corporate" as it occurs in the next to last 
line of the first paragraph. 
 
     SUBPART II.2.3.  Section 6.5 ("Financial Information") of the Existing 
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the words "or partnerships" after 
the word "corporations" in the next to last line of the first paragraph. 
 
     SUBPART II.3.  Amendments to Article VII ("COVENANTS").  Article VII of 
the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with Subparts 
2.3.1, Subpart 2.3.2, Subpart 2.3.3, Subpart 2.3.4, Subpart 2.3.5, Subpart 
2.3.6 and Subpart 2.3.7. 
 
     SUBPART II.3.1.  Section 7.1.2 ("Compliance with Laws, etc.") of the 
Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the words "or 
partnership" after the word "corporate" in the first line of clause (a) of 
Section 7.2.2. 
 
     SUBPART II.3.2.  Section 7.2.2 ("Indebtedness") of the Existing Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended by: 
 
          (a)  (i) Deleting the word "and" at the end of Section  
     7.2.2(c)(iii), (ii) deleting the period at the end of such subsection,  
     (iii) inserting a semi-colon and the word "and" at the end of clause  
     (c)(iv) of such subsection and (iv) inserting a new clause (v) to such  
     subsection which shall read as follows: 
 
               "(v) Indebtedness of the Borrower and Hartco existing on the  
          date on which the Restructuring Transactions are consummated which  
          is assumed by the Restructuring Subsidiaries as part of the  
          Restructuring Transactions." 
 
          (b)  Amending  Section 7.2.2(f) in its entirety to read as follows: 
 
               "(f)  Indebtedness (other than trade payables incurred in the  
          ordinary course of business as allowed in clause (e) above) of (i)  
          the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries that have delivered the  
          Master Subordination Agreement; (ii) a Subsidiary of the Borrower to  
          the Borrower; provided, that such Subsidiary shall not become liable  
          to any Person other than the Borrower in respect of such  
          Indebtedness, and the amount of such Indebtedness incurred after the  
          Closing Date shall not exceed an amount equal to the principal  
          amount of Credit Extensions attributable to the Net Asset Value of  
          Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory of such Subsidiary that  
          have been utilized in arriving at the then existing Borrowing Base  
<PAGE> 
          Amount; and in the event any such intercompany Indebtedness shall be  
          evidenced by a note or other instrument, such note or other  
          instrument shall be delivered to the Agent;"  
 
          (c)  Amending Section 7.2.2(h) in its entirety to read as follows: 
 
               "(h) Indebtedness of the Borrower (i) in respect of its  
          guaranty of Other Rental Obligations of any of its Subsidiaries  
          incurred pursuant to the limits set forth in Section 7.2.8(k); and  
          (ii) under the Borrower Guaranty;" 
 
          (d)  Renumbering the subsections following subsection (h) as  
     subsections (i), (j), (k), and (l), respectively. 
 
          (e)  Amending Section 7.2.2(l) in its entirety to read as follows: 
 
               "(l)  Indebtedness of Permitted Foreign Subsidiaries to Persons  
          other than the Borrower in an amount not in excess of $2,000,000,  
          and Contingent Liabilities of the Borrower in respect thereof  
          (calculated without duplication of specific Indebtedness and the  
          Contingent Obligations arising in respect thereof);" 
 
     SUBPART II.3.3.  Section 7.2.3 ("Liens") of the Existing Credit Agreement 
is hereby amended by: 
 
          (a)  (i)  inserting the word "and" following the semi-colon  
     appearing at the end of clause (c)(iii) of Section 7.2.3 and (ii)  
     inserting a new clause (iv) to such subsection which shall read as  
     follows: 
 
               "(iv) on assets of the Borrower and Hartco conveyed to the  
          Restructuring Subsidiaries as part of the Restructuring  
          Transactions, (including Liens securing the Obligations) which are  
          existing on the date on which the Restructuring Transactions are  
          consummated and which may be regranted, ratified and continued by  
          the Restructuring Subsidiaries;" 
 
     SUBPART II.3.4.  Section 7.2.5 ("Investments") of the Existing Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended by: 
 
          (a)  (i) Deleting the word "and" following the semi-colon appearing  
     at the end of clause (e)(ii) of such subsection, (ii) inserting the word  
     "and" following the semi-colon appearing at the end of clause (e)(iii) of  
     such subsection and (iii) inserting a new clause (iv) to such subsection  
     which shall read as follows: 
 
               "(iv) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in  
          any of the Restructuring Subsidiaries, or by any such Restructuring  
          Subsidiary in any other Restructuring Subsidiary, by way of  
          contributions to capital or loans or advances, in connection with  
          the Restructuring Transactions;" 
 
     SUBPART II.3.5.  Section 7.2.8 ("Rental Obligations") is hereby amended 
in its entirety to read as follows: 
 
<PAGE> 
            "SECTION 7.2.8.  Rental Obligations Rental Obligations Rental  
     ObligationsRental Obligations.  The Borrower will not, and will not  
     permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into at any time any arrangement  
     which does not create a Capitalized Lease Liability and which involves  
     the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from any lessor of  
     any real or personal property (or any interest therein), except Other  
     Rental Obligations which will not require the payment of an aggregate  
     amount of rentals by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Fiscal Year  
     in excess of the amount set forth below opposite such Fiscal Year  
     (provided, that any calculation made for purposes of this Section shall  
     exclude any amounts required to be expended for maintenance and repairs,  
     insurance, taxes, assessments, and other similar charges and shall also  
     exclude any amounts owed with respect to leases between the Borrower and  
     any of its Subsidiaries or between Subsidiaries of the Borrower): 
 
                                        Aggregate Amount 
               Fiscal Year                 of Rentals    
               -----------              ---------------- 
 
                 1996                      $7,500,000 
 
                 1997                      $9,000,000 
 
                 1998                     $13,500,000 
 
                 1999                     $14,000,000 
 
                 2000                     $14,000,000." 
 
     SUBPART II.3.6.  Section 7.2.11 (Asset Dispositions, etc.) of the 
Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word "or" at 
the end of subsection (d) thereof; (ii) deleting the period at the end of 
subsection (e) thereof and (iii) inserting a new subsection (f) which shall 
read as follows: 
 
          "(f)  the sale, transfer, lease, contribution or conveyance of  
     assets of the Borrower and Hartco to the Restructuring Subsidiaries and  
     the conveyance of assets of Hartco to the Borrower as part of the  
     Restructuring Transactions." 
 
     SUBPART II.3.7.  The Disclosure Schedule is hereby amended by adding 
thereto Item 7.2.11 as set forth in Annex I hereto and by replacing Item 6.8 
"Existing Subsidiaries" with Item 6.8 as set forth in Annex II hereto. 
 
 
                                 PART III. 
 
                         CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS 
 
     SUBPART III.1.  Eleventh Amendment Effective Date.  This Amendment (and 
the amendments and modifications contained herein) shall become effective, and 
shall thereafter be referred to as the "Eleventh Amendment", on the date (the  
<PAGE> 
"Eleventh Amendment Effective Date") when all of the conditions set forth in 
this Subpart 3.1 have been satisfied. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.1.  Delivery of Guaranties. The Agent shall have received, 
for the benefit of each Lender, the Issuer and the Agent, a guaranty in 
respect of the Obligations in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, 
duly executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of each of the 
Restructuring Subsidiaries or, if such Restructuring Subsidiary is a limited 
partnership, its General Partner, dated as of the Eleventh Amendment Effective 
date (the "Guaranties"). 
 
     SUBPART III.1.2.  Delivery of the Security Agreements. The Agent shall 
have received, for the benefit of each Lender, the Issuer and the Agent, a 
security agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, duly 
executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of each of the Restructuring 
Subsidiaries or, if such Restructuring Subsidiary is a limited partnership, 
its General Partner, dated as of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date (the 
"Security Agreements"), together with such opinions in form and substance and 
from counsel satisfactory to Agent, as the Agent may require, together with 
(i) executed copies of proper Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination 
statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any 
Person (other than the Agent) in any collateral described in such security 
agreement previously granted by any Person, (ii) Uniform Commercial Code 
financing statements naming each of the Restructuring Subsidiaries as the 
debtor and the Agent as the secured party to be filed under all jurisdictions 
as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Agent, desirable to perfect the 
security interest of the Agent pursuant to such security agreement and (iii) 
certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code requests for information or 
similar search reports dated a date reasonably near the date of the 
effectuation of the Restructuring Transactions listing all effective financing 
statements which name any of Restructuring Subsidiaries as a debtor. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.3.  Solvency Certificate.  The Agent shall have received 
for the benefit of each Lender, the Issuer and the Agent, a solvency 
certificate of an Authorized Officer of Borrower, in a form reasonably 
satisfactory to the Agent, dated as of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.4.  Affirmation and Consent.  The Agent shall have received 
a duly executed copy of the Affirmation and Consent to this Amendment, in a 
form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, duly executed and delivered by each 
Obligor. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.5.  Consummation of the Restructuring Transactions.  The 
Restructuring Transactions shall have been completed without a material change 
in the terms of the Restructuring Transactions from those set forth in Annex I 
hereto, except as may be otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.6.  Expenses.  The Agent shall have received for its own 
account, or for the account of each Lender, as the case may be, reimbursement 
of all the Agent's expenses incurred and payable by Borrower under Subpart 
4.5. 
 
<PAGE> 
     SUBPART III.1.7.  Opinions of Counsel.  The Agent shall have received 
such opinions, each dated the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, in form and 
substance and from counsel satisfactory to the Agent, as the Agent may 
require. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.8.  Legal Details, etc.  All documents executed or 
submitted pursuant hereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the 
Agent and its counsel.  The Agent and its counsel shall have received all 
information and such counterpart originals or such certified or other copies 
or such materials as the Agent or its counsel may reasonably request, and all 
legal matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment 
shall be satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.9.  Execution of Counterparts.  The Agent shall have 
received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed and delivered on behalf 
of the Borrower and each of the Lenders. 
 
     SUBPART III.1.10.  Resolutions. etc.  The Agent shall have received in 
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, 
 
          (a)  a certificate, dated the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, of  
     the Borrower's Secretary or Assistant Secretary as to 
 
               (i)  resolutions of the Borrower's Board of Directors then in  
          full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and  
          performance of this Amendment and each other Loan Document executed  
          or to be executed by it in connection herewith; and               
(ii) the incumbency and signatures of those officers of the  
          Borrower authorized to act with respect to this Amendment and each  
          other Loan Document executed or to be executed by it in connection  
          herewith,  
 
     upon which certificate each Lender may conclusively rely with respect to  
     the incumbency and signature of such Authorized Officers until it shall  
     have received a further certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  
     Secretary of the Borrower cancelling or amending such prior certificate; 
 
          (b)  a certificate, dated the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, of  
     the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each of the Restructuring  
     Subsidiaries, or if such Restructuring Subsidiary is a limited  
     partnership, its General Partner, as to 
 
               (i)  resolutions of the Board of Directors of each of the  
          Restructuring Subsidiaries, or if such Restructuring Subsidiary is a  
          limited partnership, its General Partner, then in full force and  
          effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of a  
          guaranty and security agreement (as such are described in Subparts  
          3.1.1. and 3.1.2, above) and each other Loan Document executed or to  
          be executed by each of the Restructuring Subsidiaries, in the name  
          and on behalf of each of the Restructuring Subsidiaries, in  
          connection herewith and therewith; and 
 
<PAGE> 
               (ii) the incumbency and signatures of those officers of each of  
          the Restructuring Subsidiaries, or if such Restructuring Subsidiary  
          is a limited partnership, its General Partner, authorized to act  
          with respect to the guaranty and the security agreement of each of  
          the Restructuring Subsidiaries described in Subparts 3.1.1 and 3.1.2  
          below and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by  
          each of the Restructuring Subsidiaries or if such Restructuring  
          Subsidiary is a limited partnership, its General Partner, in the  
          name and on behalf of each of the Restructuring Subsidiaries, in  
          connection herewith and therewith,  
 
     upon which certificate each Lender may conclusively rely with respect to  
     the incumbency and signature of such Authorized Officers until it shall  
     have received a further certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  
     Secretary of each of the Restructuring Subsidiaries cancelling or  
     amending such prior certificate; 
 
          (c)  a certificate, dated the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, of  
     the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each other Obligor as to          
(i)  resolutions of such Obligor's Board of Directors then in  
          full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and  
          performance of the Affirmation and Consent and each other Loan  
          Document executed or to be executed by it in connection herewith;  
          and 
 
               (ii) the incumbency and signatures of those officers of such  
          Obligor authorized to act with respect to the Affirmation and  
          Consent and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by  
          it in connection herewith,     upon which certificate each Lender 
may conclusively rely with respect to  
     the incumbency and signature of such Authorized Officers until it shall  
     have received a further certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  
     Secretary of such Obligor cancelling or amending such prior certificate;  
     and 
 
          (d)  such other documents (certified if requested) or certificates  
     as the Agent may reasonably request with respect to this Amendment, the  
     Affirmation and Consent, any other Loan Document or any Organic Document  
     or approval.                                   
PART IV.
 
MISCELLANEOUS; REPRESENTATIONS

     SUBPART IV.1.  Cross-References.  
References in this Amendment to any Part or Subpart are, unless otherwise 
specified or otherwise required by the context, to such Part or Subpart of 
this Amendment. 
 
     SUBPART IV.2.  Loan Document Pursuant to Existing Credit Agreement.  This 
Amendment is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Existing Credit 
Agreement and shall be construed, administered and applied in accordance with 
all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement (and, 
following the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement). 
 
<PAGE> 
     SUBPART IV.3.  Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be binding 
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective 
successors and assigns.     SUBPART IV.4.  Full Force and Effect; Limited 
Amendment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, 
warranties, terms, covenants, conditions and other provisions of the Existing 
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unamended and 
unwaived and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect 
in accordance with their respective terms.  The amendments set forth herein 
shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to the provisions expressly 
amended herein and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to, waiver of, 
consent to or modification of any other term or provision of the Existing 
Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document referred to therein or herein or of 
any transaction or further or future action on the part of the Borrower which 
would require the consent of the Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement 
or any of the Loan Documents. 
 
     SUBPART IV.5.  Payment of Expenses.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay 
and reimburse the Agent for all of its reasonable expenses incurred in 
connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this 
Amendment and related documents, including all reasonable fees and 
disbursements of counsel to the Agent; provided that neither the Agent nor any 
Lender shall charge a fee to the Borrower in connection with the Restructuring 
Transactions or this Amendment. 
 
     SUBPART IV.6.  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed by the 
parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which when executed and 
delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute 
together but one and the same agreement. 
     SUBPART IV.7.  Governing Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.     
SUBPART IV.8.  Compliance with Warranties. No Default, etc. Both before and 
after giving effect to the occurrence of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date 
and the amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth above, the 
Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that the following statements 
are true and correct: 
 
          (a   the representations and warranties set forth in Article VI  
     (excluding, however, those contained in Section 6.7) of the Existing  
     Credit Agreement and the representations and warranties set forth in  
     Article III of each Security Agreement and in Article III of each  
     Subsidiary Guaranty and in each other Loan Document are true and correct  
     in all material respects with the same effect as if then made (unless  
     stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such  
     representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier  
     date); 
 
          (b   except as disclosed by the Borrower to the Agent and the  
     Lenders pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Existing Credit Agreement, 
(i   no labor controversy, litigation, arbitration or  
          governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, to the  
<PAGE> 
          knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of  
          its Subsidiaries which could result in a Material Adverse Effect  
          (including with respect to this Amendment or any other Loan Document  
          delivered in connection herewith); and 
 
               (ii  no development has occurred in any labor controversy,  
          litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding  
          disclosed pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Existing Credit Agreement  
          which could result in a Material Adverse Effect (including with  
          respect to this Amendment or any other Loan Document delivered in  
          connection herewith); and 
 
               (iii no Default has occurred and is continuing.     SUBPART 
IV.9.  Additional Representations.  In order to induce the Lenders and the 
Agents to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower hereby additionally 
represents and warrants as follows:          (a   the execution and delivery 
of this Amendment and the  
     performance by the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of each of their  
     respective obligations hereunder, under each other Loan Document, under  
     the Existing Credit Agreement as amended hereby and, upon the occurrence  
     of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, under the Credit Agreement are  
     within such Person's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all  
     necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental  
     approvals (if any shall be required), and do not (i) contravene such  
     Person's Organic Documents, (ii) contravene any contractual restriction,  
     law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or  
     affecting such Person or (iii) result in, or require the creation or  
     imposition of, any Lien on any of such Person's properties (other than  
     pursuant to a Loan Document); and 
 
          (b   this Amendment, each other Loan Document, the Existing Credit  
     Agreement as amended hereby and, upon the occurrence of the Eleventh  
     Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement are the legal, valid and  
     binding obligations of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, as  
     applicable, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (except  
     as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,  
     insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights  
     generally and by principles of equity). 
 
 
 
              [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 
 
<PAGE> 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day 
and year first above written. 
 
 
 
                                        TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. 
 
 
 
                                        By:  --------------------------------- 
                                             Title: 
 
 
 
                                        THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA 
 
 
 
                                        By:  --------------------------------- 
                                             Title: 
 
 
 
                                        BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA 
 
 
 
                                        By:  --------------------------------- 
                                             Title: 
 
 
 
                                        COMERICA BANK - TEXAS 
 
 
 
                                        By:  --------------------------------- 
                                             Title: 
 
 
<PAGE> 
                                                                       ANNEX I 
 
                               RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS 
 
 
 
<PAGE> 
     As used in the Amendment and the Existing Credit Agreement, the term 
"Restructuring Transactions" means the transactions summarized on the 
attachment hereto. 
 
1.   All sales, marketing and lumber buying operations will be conducted by  
     the Borrower, including any such operations previously conducted by  
     Hartco, and all accounts and notes receivables of Hartco will be  
     transferred to the Borrower. 
 
2.   All of the Borrower's hardwood flooring manufacturing operations (other  
     than those conducted by Hartco) will be transferred to Bruce Hardwood  
     Flooring L.P., a Texas limited partnership of which BHFL Corp. will be  
     the 99% limited partner and BHFG Corp. will be the 1% general partner.   
     All real property and tangible personal property, and all patents,  
     trademarks and other intellectual property, utilized in these operations  
     will be either transferred or leased by the Borrower to, and all  
     associated liabilities will be assumed by, Bruce Hardwood Flooring L.P. 
 
3.   All of Hartco's hardwood flooring and related manufacturing operations  
     will be transferred to Hartco Hardwood Flooring L.P., a Delaware limited  
     partnership to which HFCL Corp. will be the 99% limited partner and HFCG  
     Corp. will be the 1% general partner.  All real property and tangible  
     personal property utilized in these operations and all patents,  
     trademarks and other intellectual property will be transferred by Hartco  
     to Hartco Hardwood Flooring L.P. or transferred to DTM Corp. and then  
     leased by DTM Corp. to Hartco Hardwood Flooring L.P., and all associated  
     liabilities will be assumed by Hartco Hardwood Flooring L.P. or DTM  
     Corp., as the case may be. 
 
 
<PAGE> 
                                                                      ANNEX II 
 
ITEM 6.8           Existing Subsidiaries. 
 
 
Corporate Subsidiaries of Borrower 
 
                                   State of            Ownership 
Name                               Organization            %     
- ----                               ------------         -------- 
 
Worldwide Kitchens, Inc.           Delaware                100% 
 
Hartco Flooring Company            Tennessee               100% 
 
BHFG Corp.                         Delaware                100% 
 
BHFL Corp.                         Delaware                100% 
 
Robbins Hardwood Flooring, Inc.    Delaware                100% 
 
 
 
Corporate Subsidiary of Hartco Flooring Company 
 
DTM Corp.                          Delaware                100% 
 
HFCG Corp.                         Delaware                100% 
 
HFCL Corp.                         Delaware                100% 
 
 
 
Limited Partnerships 
 
Bruce Hardwood Flooring L.P.       Texas 
                       Limited Partner - BHFL Corp.     99% 
                       General Partner - BHFG Corp.      1% 
 
Hartco Hardwood Flooring L.P.      Delaware 
                       Limited Partner - HFCL Corp.     99% 
                       General Partner - HFCG Corp.      1% 



                                                                    EXHIBIT 21 
 
 
                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 
 
 
                                   Jurisdiction of     Other Names Under Which 
Name                                 Organization         Business Conducted 
- ----                               ---------------     ----------------------- 
 
Robbins Hardwood Flooring, Inc.    Delaware 
 
BHFL Corp.                         Delaware 
 
BHFG Corp.                         Delaware 
 
Bruce Hardwood Flooring, L.P.      Texas               "Bruce Hardwood Floors" 
                                                        "Premier Wood Floors" 
 
Hartco Flooring Company            Tennessee 
 
HFCG Corp.                         Delaware 
 
HFCL Corp.                         Delaware 
 
Hartco Hardwood Flooring, L.P.     Delaware          "Hartco Flooring Company" 
 
DTM Corp.                          Delaware 
 
 



                                                                  Exhibit 11.1 
                                                                  ------------ 
                            TRIANGLE PACIFIC CORP. 
                      COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE 
 
                                              Fiscal Years Ended 
                                        -------------------------------------- 
                                        January 2,   January 3,   December 29, 
                                          1998         1997           1995 
                                        -------------------------------------- 
BASIC 
- ----- 
 
Net Income                              $31,759,000  $25,624,000  $22,005,000 
                                         ==========   ==========   ========== 
Shares outstanding 
   beginning of period                   14,686,558   14,663,365   14,662,609 
 
Weighted average number 
   of shares issued from 
   incentive bonus shares                    23,398        1,008            - 
 
Weighted average number 
   of shares issued from 
   exercise of stock options                  5,735        5,248          567 
                                         ----------   ----------   ---------- 
 
Basic weighted common 
   shares outstanding                    14,715,691   14,669,621   14,663,176 
                                         ==========   ==========   ========== 
 
Basic net income per share              $      2.16  $      1.71  $      1.49 
                                         ==========   ==========   ========== 
 
DILUTED 
- ------- 
 
Weighted average number 
   of shares outstanding                 14,715,691   14,669,621   14,663,176 
 
Shares issuable from assumed 
   exercise of stock options 
   and stock warrants reduced 
   by the number of shares which 
   could have been purchased with 
   the proceeds from exercise of 
   such options and warrants                605,075      334,904      151,884 
                                         ----------   ----------   ---------- 
 
Diluted weighted common 
   shares outstanding                    15,320,766   15,004,525   14,815,060 
                                         ==========   ==========   ========== 
 
Diluted net income per share            $      2.07  $      1.71  $      1.49 
                                         ==========   ==========   ==========


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-02-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-02-1998
<CASH>                                       3,790,000
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               74,061,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                 3,662,000
<INVENTORY>                                128,988,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                           207,738,000
<PP&E>                                     242,935,000
<DEPRECIATION>                              53,294,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             543,221,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       80,257,000
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       147,000
<OTHER-SE>                                 186,765,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               543,221,000
<SALES>                                    652,866,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           652,866,000
<CGS>                                      495,256,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                              495,256,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            82,722,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               419,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                          22,863,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             51,606,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                19,847,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         31,759,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                31,759,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.16
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.07
        

</TABLE>

                                                            Exhibit 23.1


                      Consent of independent Public Accountants


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of 
our reports included in this form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed 
Registration Statement Files Nos. 33-69682, 33-69684, 33-50724, 33-48599, 33-
48601 and 33-48603.  


                                       ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Dallas, Texas
  March 27, 1998




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission